KEMBAR78
Target Functionality Guide - v339 | PDF | Apple Inc. | Usb
100% found this document useful (1 vote)
557 views446 pages

Target Functionality Guide - v339

The document is a Target Functionality Guide detailing various display setups and installation procedures for electronic products, including Apple and Bose displays. It includes a list of required tools, common problems with troubleshooting tips, and contact information for support. Additionally, it outlines the roles and responsibilities of field representatives and provides guidelines for effective communication with PMLs (Project Management Leaders).

Uploaded by

stoffgoesoff
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
100% found this document useful (1 vote)
557 views446 pages

Target Functionality Guide - v339

The document is a Target Functionality Guide detailing various display setups and installation procedures for electronic products, including Apple and Bose displays. It includes a list of required tools, common problems with troubleshooting tips, and contact information for support. Additionally, it outlines the roles and responsibilities of field representatives and provides guidelines for effective communication with PMLs (Project Management Leaders).

Uploaded by

stoffgoesoff
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 446

Business\Internal

Target
Functionality
Guide
Rev 339 (3-20-25)

Adobe Reader Must be used to view document.

Use the links below to Download the Adobe application:

Android Play Store Link Apple App store link


Business\Internal

Display Index

Guide Latest Revision List Guide Appendix A

Target 2.0 Store Display Section

A B
Arcade 1 Up Infinity Endcap display Bose

Arcade 1 Up Mrs Pacman display

Amazon Connected Home

C D
FUTURE
Canon Inline Displays

Camera Install Examples

E F
FUTURE
Fitbit

G G
Google Pixel 9 and 9 Pro
Google Pixel Watch
Google Pixel 8A
Google Pixel Tablet
Go Pro 2ft
Google Connected Living Section

H
Heyday Headphone 2_0

Heyday Speaker 2_0

Hyper X PC Gaming

I J
Business\Internal

Insta 360 JBL 4 Position Speakers

JBL 3 Position Express

JBL Link 2ft display

K L
FUTURE Laptops (Future)

LG Brand Statement

LG Stand By Me Display

Logitech PC Gaming

Logitech Wheel Gaming 2 & 4 ft

M N
Marshal Zound Speakers NEX Play Cube Endcap Display

META Quest Display size examples

Meta Quest Tier 1 Endcap

Meta Quest Self Serve Demo


Endcap

Multi-Brand Gaming Head set

O P
Oura Wearable Endcap Phones Unlocked

Q R
FUTURE Razer PC Display

RODE Display
Business\Internal

S S
SAMSUNG Skylight Frame

Samsung TV Brand statement


Skylight Calendar
SHOKZ (Open Run Pro 2ft)
Sony 4 foot Headphones
SHOKZ (Open Fit Air)
Sony Wireless Speaker 2ft

Steel Series Gaming

Star Link

T T
Tablet Installation Turtle Beach 4 Position 2025

Tablet (Inline / Boat) True Wireless

TV Wall Guide

U V
FUTURE FUTURE

W X
FUTURE FUTURE

Y Z
Zebra / My Devices Guide
Business\Internal

Appendix A

Pro Tip Videos series (Basic “How to Videos for MTI and other)

Zebra / My Devices Guide Zebra / User Name and Password

LOA List

MTI and Security Parts List

MTI LED status codes / Camera Tips

MTI Install Basics

Invue Security Parts List

Invue Security Overview / Video series

Target Support and Email Contacts

Glossary of Terms

Shipping Label Examples

Discord Setup

PML Relationship Tips

Back To Top
Business\Internal

LOA list Letter of Authorization

Apple Demo units pull parts

To: Store Director, Specialty Sales – ETL, or LOD


From: Danielle Slusarski (Merch Director Buyer) & Chris Plummer (Lead Business Partner, Store Ops)
Date: Sept. 2023 – Oct. 2023 / Letter of Authorization

This LOA authorizes BDS to perform the following scope of work


related to Apple demo units and ISM planogram updates. BDS
has explicit approval from Target HQ partners to perform the work
outlined below at your store.

BDS is approved and authorized to do the following:


• BDS reps may need to pull the following items directly from
the inventory on the floor to complete install (due to the
change to USB-C cables) of Apple demo units:

• Heyday black adapter (DPCI 080-08-0436)


and/or
• Heyday dusk blue adapter (DPCI 080-08-9842).
and / or
• BDS may need to pull Apple Watch Charging cables if the non-carry
forward watch was not present or powered (DPCI 057-00-0248)

A picture shown here for reference. They will let the Electronics ETL or
TL know what and how many of these items they will be utilizing. The
Electronics ETL or TL will need to then update their OH inventory count
via the myDevice.
• Check in with the Store Director, Specialty Sales – ETL, or Leader on Duty
(LOD) at Guest Services
• Carry in supplies necessary for fixture maintenance, including cleaning
supplies and select display parts
• Install all Apple demo units according to planogram (POG)
• Perform Store Network Check
• Remove current end of life graphic elements and produce to Target for
responsible recycling and disposal
• Obtain and install new graphic elements from Target Specialty Sales Leader or
Tech Consultant and install on fixtures. All graphics have been sent direct to
store and should be secured in the Electronics stockroom.
• Remove POP/signage or product on Apple fixtures that is not approved
• Communicate work done and any work orders initiated to the store team

This work is part of an Enterprise level agreement between Target, Apple, and BDS. If you
have any questions about the approved work outlined above, please reach out directly to
both chris.plummer@target.com or danielle.slusarski@target.com.
Business\Internal

Apple Pomme parts pull:

To: Store Director or ETL-Specialty Sales


From: Caroline Masko, Buyer
Date: 11/22/2023
Re: Letter of Authorization – Apple

This letter authorizes field representatives on behalf of Apple during store


hours of operations;
Field representatives are authorized to:
• To pull box stock inventory of Heyday power bricks, Apple cables, and iPad
keyboards for devices during their Pomme sets
• Apple Keyboard DPCIs
o Apple iPad Pro 12.9” (space gray) - keyboard DPCI: 057-00-1704
o Apple iPad Air (blue) - keyboard DPCI: 057-00-1674
o Apple iPad 10th Gen – keyboard DPCI: 057-00-9040

Field representatives are not authorized to:


• Distract the guest’s from their shopping experience or the team members
work responsibilities.
• Enter any offstage areas without Store Leadership permission.
• Take pictures of team members or guests.

Should any questions arise relating to these efforts or programs, please


contact:
BDS Marketing Solutions Support
P: (888) 581-9124
E: Break-FixTargetRemodelTeam@bdssolutions.com

**For PML specific escalations only please contact (630) 812-0626

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Target default emails and contact information

BDS Target Chicago Support Center


7am – 7pm M-F CST // 1-888-581-9124

These are the email formats used for PML, ETL Sales floor and ETL
Logistics in Target stores.

T0123.PML@target.com
This is the PRIMARY default email address for all PML for individual stores

T0123.Log@target.com
ETL Log (Logistics) owns all backroom processes (they also manage the
receiver and PML)

Target Client Support Center (CSC).


Please note that this is an internal Target resource and is NOT the same as
the BDS Chicago Support Center.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

BDS Shipped Parts Label

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Discord Server Setup


Click here to view a quick Discord overview video:
Discord Peer to Peer Application
Discord is a peer to peer and moderator support chat
forum. We have split the forum into sections based on
display type and specific topics. This allows our reps to:

1) Share tips and tricks for in store efforts


2) Ask questions of reps nationwide
3) Get practical peer based advise and instruction
4) Works as an alternative source for support.

Discord runs on either Android or Apple platforms. To


install go to play store or the Apple store.

1) Download the free application

2) Select the “REGISTER” option.

3) In the Create An Account screen setup your profile as:

4) Firstname_Lastname(State Abb.) Example Joe_Meeks(ID)

5) Select an easy to remember Password and register your account

6) Call the BDS Target support team and request them to send you an “Instant
Invite”

7) Once you have the invite select on the (+) option in the upper right to “Add A
Server”.

8) Copy and paste the BDS sent link into Discord to gain access to the Target
discord server.

9) Once installed you can begin using the application.

10) Refer to the Discord “Setting” channel for setup tips.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Target Continuity PML relationships

PML interaction video training (click to watch)


Trust:
The most effective way to become a great partner with the PML is to earn their trust.
Once this trust is earned then the PML can be a great partner and asset to you. You
do this by:

• Being a good partner, showing the PML you want this department at 100%
functional and that it’s important to you.
• Following through with commitments.
• Taking ownership of you supported displays within the department.
• Being up to speed and knowledgeable about outstanding orders, unresolved
issues, and upcoming projects.

Personality:
Every PML has their own unique personality and motivations. Things to keep in
mind:

• Understand what is important to this PML and work toward that resolution.
• Be the BDS representative that best meets the requirements of any particular
PML.
• Keep in mind that what works for one store does not work for all locations.

Results:
The bottom line of this program is getting the store functional. The PML wants this
as well.

• Have frequent and open communications with the PML.


• Listen before you talk, what is important to him / her.
• Work together with schedule, parts, orders.

PML interaction video training (click to watch)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Arcade 1 UP Infinity display 2025


DPCI number
207-94-0114

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Box knife
• Wedge tool
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Passive not audio demo runs in attract mode
• Power button and volume buttons disabled in demo mode
• Pressing demo button on tablet activates audio / Video demo content.

current demo content example

Steps to Opening the Display


To open display to access component:

1. The tablet is one piece and installed into the carboard wedge with zip ties secured to the
tablet and the wedge inside.

Currently no how to open video

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

Screen is not rotated • arcade 1up screen rotation fix The


correctly infinity product does have a screen
rotation feature. When NOT in demo
NOTE mode.
As of 1-15-25 • Select settings
There is no known
was to access • Select display, it's a picture of a TV
SETTING on the • Touch rotate display.
tablet while in
demo mode. Should be fixed..

No image on tablet • Tablet is not getting power, check brick connection to AC, then
check barrel connecting to tablet inside of display.

• Tablet could be powered down but this feature is supposed to be


disabled when the demo is functioning correctly so this should
NOT be the issue

Volume not working • This should be set to a demo based default value. If not the
during interactive demo volume controls are located





Arcade 1 Display Schematic

Power cable
extender

120
ac
Volume buttons on Power button on inside
outside of display of display

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – outside

Cardboard
Future Wedge display

Display Visual - Inside


Self latching flaps
hold wedge together Monitor is held in place
with tightened zipties.

NOTE **** Parts and new display will be filled by client


1
2
3
4
Back To Top
Business\Internal

Arcade 1 UP Mrs. Pacman 2025


DPCI number
207-94-0125

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Box knife
• Wedge tool
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Display must be powered on with front / top / left switch
• Passive not audio demo runs in attract mode
• Power button and volume button active on display.
• Fully interactive game display, Select player, game, and will operate like normal arcade
machine.

current demo content example

Steps to Opening the Display


To open display to access component:

1. Please note as of 12-10-24 This display has no easy way to


access internal components.
At this time there is no service option for the display.
Do not replace / order without confirmation with the BDS CS
team
CS Lead (Laura Dipold)

Currently no how to open video

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No image on tablet • Tablet is not getting power, check brick connection to AC, then
check barrel connecting to tablet inside of display.

• Tablet could be powered down but this feature is supposed to be


disabled when the demo is functioning correctly so this should
NOT be the issue

Volume not working • This should be set to a demo based default value. If not the
during interactive demo volume controls are located





Arcade 1 Pacman Display Schematic

Future

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – outside

Front panel
Power switch

Front panel
Volume switch

Game controlls

Display Visual - Inside

NOTE **** Parts and new display will be filled by client

Arcade 1 Up - Mrs. Pacman - Full Display DPCI 207-94-0125 1


Full Display
2
3

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Bose All Displays

Bose Bluetooth
Sound link Bose Bluetooth
Max + FLEX Revolve Plus + FLEX

Bose Wearables
Display

Back To Top
Business\Internal

BOSE Bluetooth Sound link MAX & FLEX


DPCI number
008-94-0231

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Power LEDs on both speakers and backer graphics illuminated in attract mode
• Demo started and sound controlled by speakers
• Speakers play same content.
• Selecting on speaker will interrupt play on the other.

SELECT TO PLAY DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE (Future)


Level located in the
center under the
Steps to opening the display brush
• In the back center of the deck there is a lever that needs
to be pull forward.
• This allows the deck to be slid out about 12 inches to
access the internal electronics.
See how to open video example here Click to watch

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from any unit • Display not powered
Look for backer LED or speaker power LEDs to confirm.
• If there is no power to the display you will also see the backer
graphics not lit.

(plug into working AC outlet)


Check 65W Delta power brick for LED light indicating power
• There are two power cable connections in the display power chain.
So these all must be undamaged and fully seated.

• Confirm wiring as per the block diagram

• Media player not powered cable between distribution box a MP


damaged or disconnected
• Micro SD card Missing or not seated
• Micro SD card content corrupt

• Media player has failed


No sound from SL Max • Follow the normal single device troubleshooting but also include
specifically the below steps specifically for the MAX.
Business\Internal

• There have been reports of SL Max units not holding a charge


initially because the larger product battery needs more power in
advance of sync w/BS engine (demo).

• Reseat both ends of the cables


• Note that the cable
connected to the max is zip
tied to the bracket. This can
cause a bend or angle in
the connection that can be
problematic. Be sure when
reconnecting that this
connection is straight into
the Max unit.

• Next follow these steps:


Power down the display. Disconnected the cable from USB700.
Power off the speaker, by pressing the power button on the MAX
unit one time, reconnect the cable to usb700 and repower the
display. Test speaker for functionality

• Try charging the speaker connected direct to an outlet (direct


power) to charge the speaker for several minutes. The speaker
should gain power, with solid amber or white LED (See charge
status below)

• Perhaps a factory reset SL Max.


(See step for resetting MAX below this section)

No sound from single • Look for power to single unit (Power LED on top of speakers)
speaker unit
• Cable between speaker and USB 700 hub damaged or
disconnected
• Headphone pugged into the incorrect port on the USB 700 hub.
Refer to the block diagram.
• If changes need to be made power display down, make changes
and then power display back up and let reset.
*** NOTE A reboot of the display can take 5-10 minutes
• Speakers can NOT be swapped to test for known good due to the
way BOSE programs its speakers.
• Single speaker has failed
Look for power LED on speaker in question.

No lights on backer panel • Single cable from display cases to power dist board damaged or
but sound is working disconnected.
No lights on single case • Distribution board has failed this can have failed LED outputs but
displays but sound is the power passthrough is still functional.
working • Test with one of the other output ports.
• Cable from display cases to power dist board damaged or
disconnected. (Test with known good case cable and output)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

NOTE *** This process works on earlier versions of the display but for displays later
than 6-15-24 this steps below may not work

If the speaker is powered on or becomes unresponsive, you can perform a Factory Reset.
Factory reset clears connected devices and language settings from the speaker and returns it
to the original factory settings.

1. Press and hold the Volume up


button + and Volume down
button - for 15 seconds until the
Power light quickly blinks white
for 3 seconds
2. The speaker powers off.
• Press the Power button .
The Power light glows according to the battery level. The Bluetooth light slowly
blinks blue, and you hear “Ready to connect.”
Business\Internal

Bose Sound link FLEX & MAX Schematic 2025

NOTE
All Volume for display is
controlled by display units

Display visual - Inside

Power
USB Hub Distribution
Media player module

SD Card
3
1
2

Back To Top
Business\Internal

9 Display visual -Outside

12
7
Soundlink
Soundlink 10 MAX
FLEX II 7
11
5

4
7
8
10

Current Parts list

Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker - SL Max Speaker Cable 1


Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker - SL Flex Speaker Cable 2
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - Micro SD Card 2413 3
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - Brush Cover 4
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - SL Flex II Speaker (Live) Demo Unit 5
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - Lynx Powr Distribution Box 6
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - SL Max Speaker Bracket 7
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker - SL Flex Speaker Bracket 8
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker - COMPLETE DISPLAY 9
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - Front Fascia Graphic 10
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - SL Max Speaker (Live) Demo Unit 11
Bose - 2ft SL Max + Flex Speaker Display - Backer Graphic 12

Back To Top
Business\Internal

BOSE Bluetooth Revolve + Flex


DPCI number
008-94-0219

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Power LEDs on both speakers and backer graphics illuminated in attract mode
• Demo started and sound controlled by speakers
• Speakers play same content.
• Selecting on speaker will interrupt play on the other.

SELECT TO PLAY DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE (Future)

Steps to opening the display

• In the back center of the deck there is a lever that needs to be pull forward.
• This allows the deck to be slid out about 12 inches to access the internal
electronics.

No Video Available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from any unit • Display not powered
Look for backer LED or speaker power LEDs to confirm.
• If there is no power to the display you will also see the backer
graphics not lit.

(plug into working AC outlet)


Check 65W Delta power brick for LED light indicating power
• There are two power cable connections in the display power chain.
So these all must be undamaged and fully seated.

• Confirm wiring as per the block diagram

• Media player not powered cable between distribution box a MP


damaged or disconnected
• Micro SD card Missing or not seated
• Micro SD card content corrupt

• Media player has failed


No sound from single • Look for power to single unit (Power LED on top of speakers)
speaker unit
• Cable between speaker and USB 700 hub damaged or
disconnected
• Headphone pugged into the incorrect port on the USB 700 hub.
Refer to the block diagram.
• If changes need to be made power display down, make changes
and then power display back up and let reset.
*** NOTE A reboot of the display can take 5-10 minutes
• Speakers can NOT be swapped to test for known good due to the
way BOSE programs its speakers.
• Single speaker has failed
Look for power LED on speaker in question.

No lights on backer panel • Single cable from display cases to power dist board damaged or
but sound is working disconnected.
No lights on single case • Distribution board has failed this can have failed LED outputs but
displays but sound is the power passthrough is still functional.
working • Test with one of the other output ports.
• Cable from display cases to power dist board damaged or
disconnected. (Test with known good case cable and output)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Bose Sound link Revolve Plus Schematic 2025

NOTE
All Volume for display is
controlled by display units

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display visual - Inside

Power
Media player USB Hub Distribution
module
9

12
8

10
11

Display visual -Outside

1
7
6
7

3 4
Soundlink
Soundlink 2 Revolve Plus II
FLEX II
5

7
7

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Current Parts list (NOT CONFIRMED ORDERABLE)


Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Speaker - COMPLETE DISPLAY 1
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - SL Flex II Speaker (Live) Demo Unit 2
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - SL Flex Speaker Bracket 3
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - SL Revolve Speaker (Live) Demo Unit 4
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - SL Revolve Speaker Bracket 5
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - Backer Graphic 6
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - Front Fascia Graphic 7
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display – Micro SD Card 8
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - Lynx Power Distribution Box 9
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - SL Revolve Plus Speaker Cable 10
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - SL Flex Speaker Cable 11
Bose - 2ft SL Revolve Plus + Flex Display - Micro SD Card 2413 12

Back To Top
Business\Internal

BOSE Wearable display 2025


DPCI number
008-94-0230

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Two case units illuminated in all states of powered display.
• Single Quiet Comfort (left side) button lit in attract Mode
• Selecting QC button lights all other buttons and launches demo content in both
headphones.
• Selecting any other button plays button specific content in only the QC Ultra
headphone.
• All buttons lit solid when any demo content is running.
• Volume + / - function is controlled on headphones. See images below.
• Power LED on both headphones

SELECT TO PLAY DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE (Future)

Steps to opening the display


1) Tilt display back to expose bottom side.
2) Once tilted up turn the three tabs on bottom to remove the cover panel.
3) Here you will have access to the button modules
4) Remove metal cover if access is required to electronic components
5) All modules secure to the back of the top frame to a rail system.

No Video Available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from any unit • Display not powered (plug into working AC outlet)
Check 65W Delta power brick for LED light indicating power
• There are three power cable connections in the display power
chain. So these all must be undamaged and fully seated.
• If there is no power to the display you will also see the case lights
not lit.
• Confirm wiring as per the block diagram

• Display button pad(s) not functioning


• Button input to media is damaged or disconnected (Test with
another button)
• Media player not powered (look from green power LED on button
input side of media player)
• Micro SD card Missing or not seated
• Micro SD card content corrupt

No sound from single • Cable between headphone and AU325 media player damaged or
headphone unit disconnected.
• Headphone pugged into the incorrect port on the media player.
Refer to the block diagram. If changes need to be made power
display down, make changes and then power display back up and
let reset.
*** NOTE A reboot of the display can take 5-10 minutes.
• Single button for that device is damaged or disconnected. Test with
a known good button by swapping inputs.
• Single output of media player has failed.
• Due to Bose port specific programming it is NOT advised to swap
ports to test with a “known good” headphone.
All Button lights not working • SD card corrupt or missing or media player has failed.

No lights on any case • All cables from display cases to power dist board damaged or
displays but sound is disconnected.
working • Distribution board has failed this can have failed LED outputs but
the power passthrough is still functional.
No lights on single case • Cable from display cases to power dist board damaged or
displays but sound is disconnected. (Test with known good case cable and output)
working

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Bose 4ft Wearables Schematic 2024


NOTE
All Volume for display is
controlled by display units

NOTE
Button wiring
may need to be
confirmed in the
field. Make sure
activation
triggers the
correct audio
demo.
Business\Internal

Display visual - Inside

2 5
1
4

19
7
18
Display visual -Outside 7

12 9
7 8 7 7 15
7
13 10
16
7
14 11 17
7 7
Button
Modules 3

QC 45 II QC Ultra

Volume
Touch
Volume Slide

Power
Power
LED
LED
Business\Internal

Current Parts list (NOT CONFIRMED ORDERABLE)

AU325 Engine 1
Micro SD card 2
Button 3
Delta Power Supply 4
DC Lead 5
QCIE Display Case 6
QC Ultra 7
QC45II 8
QCIE Charging Case (Inside case) 9
QCIE Left (Inside case) 10
QCIE Right (Inside case) 11
UO Ultra Charging Case (Inside case) 12
UO Ultra Left (Inside case) 13
UO Ultra Right (Inside case) 14
QCEB Charging case (Inside case) 15
QCEB Left (Inside case) 16
QCEB Right (Inside case) 17
Lynx Power distribution box 18
DC power extension cable 19

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Tablet Boat information section

Display Tablet Boat Section Camera Display Inline Pre 2024

Camera Install Examples

MTI Puck anti rotation brackets (DSLR) (3:47)

MTI Puck anti rotation brackets (Non DSLR) (2:19)

MTI Expanded Battery Examples

Directions: Click on each item above to navigate to that display section.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

DPCI number
CAMERA DISPLAY INLINE N/A

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• MTI security tool
• MTI USB key
• MTI programmer
• 1/8” Allen tool

NOTE **** As of 11-15-23 the only inline cameras supported


will be the Canon Tier 1 & Tier 2 displays.

Please see this section for details on those displays and the
associated MTI security

Back To Top
Business\Internal

InVue Security Parts list


InVue Parts list part number and AX numbers

Associated
Part # Part Description Display What the part is used for Image
Type

INVUE AK4400G07 IR3 KEY


AX7330
Used as a universal key check in / out
AX7330 IR3 Key N/A and IR security activation and
deactivation
InVue Part #
AK3300 / AK4400

INVUE AK04408X11 IR3


CHARGER 8PORT Used as a multiport charging and data
download station for the AX7330 IR3
AX7331 N/A Key units
IR3 Charger (8 Port)

InVue Part # AK4408

INVUE PS515X27 5V USB A


POSITIVE SLOPE General 5V power supply for use with
8 port charging station as well as
AX7332 5V USB-A Positive Slope N/A Laptop security sensors.
Power Supply

InVue Part # PS515-US

Key Authorization Station


(KAS)

InVue Part # AK4401 Use to check in / out IR3 security


keys
AX0005 N/A

Power supply part


AX0010

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Associated
Part # Part Description Display What the part is used for Image
Type

Multi-Tool (bit driver with


assorted Torx bits) ¼ drive bit driver with assorted Torx
security bits. (T-8, T-10, T-20, T-27)
AX7344 InVue Part # N/A

AF6313

S1060/S1560 Sensor
Removal Tool Used to twist off adhesive secured
sensors from displays.
AX7345 InVue Part # N/A

DRG400

S2000 Sensor Mounting


Plate - Standard, 5 P
Tool for installing locking pegs to
AX7725 InVue Part #
N/A
pegboard

SFKEYRFRL

INVUE DRD106V56
S1060 ANGLED STAND- Standard security post with locking
WHITE tether. Works for both Tablet and
Phone displays. Comes with adhesive
S1060 Angled Stand- plate for mounting. If this is to be
AX7338 White (security post, N/A mounted to a slotted shelf you will
comes with adhesive need to order the slot bracket
plate) AX7659

InVue Part # DRD101-W

INVUE DRD407W58
S1060 CUSTOM SLOT
MOUNT
Bracket to allow security post AX7338
S1060 Target Custom to mount to a slotted shelf
AX7659 Slot Mount plate Kit
N/A
(attaches to bottom of
AX7338)

InVue Part # DRD407

TGT INVUE DRH224L30


S1060/S1560 Alarm On Active sensor but with no external
power. Use with post AX7338. to
power mounted display. Mounts
Sensor for Dummy
AX7723 Devices (no USB power
N/A directly to dummy display with
adhesive.
port on sensor)

InVue Part # DRH224-W

INVUE DRT200E05
S1060/S1560 TAB Active sensor for use with post
MICRO US AX7338. Used for charging USB
MICRO style displays. Also typically
AX7339 S1060/S1560 Tab Micro N/A combined with AX7341 for securing
USB Sensor white for live phone and tablet displays
units (Micro connector)

InVue Part # DRT200-W

Active sensor for use with post


S1060/S1560 AX7338. Used for charging USB “C”
S1060/S1560 Tab USB style displays. Also typically combined
Type C Sensor-White with AX7341 for securing phone and
AX7724 N/A tablet displays
InVue Part # DRT207-W

Part EOL as of 3-10-24


Business\Internal

Active sensor for use with post


AX7338. Used for charging Apple
lightning style displays. Also typically
USB Apple Lightning combined with AX7341 for securing
Sensor-White phone and tablet displays

AX7340 InVue Part # ??????? N/A Currently not available for


order for Target Program
Part EOL as of 3-10-24

INVUE DRT203M11
S1060/S1560 TAB ARM Adhesive mounted bracket for use
BRAC with tablets and larger footprint
devices. Used in combination with
Active sensor AX7724 or AX7339
AX7341 S1060/S1560 Tablet Arm N/A
Brackets & Mounting Pl
The same bracket is used as AX7658
Tablet bracket
but with longer arms to accommodate
TABLETS.
InVue Part # DRT203-W

TGT INVUE DRH203F33


S1060/1560 HH Arm Br Adhesive mounted bracket used to
fully secure Phone and smaller
footprint units. Used in combination
S1060/S1560 HH (Hand
with Active sensor AX7724 or AX7339
AX7658 held Phone) Arm Bracket N/A
and Mounting Phone
The same bracket is used as AX7341
bracket
but with shorter arms to
accommodate PHONES.
InVue Part # DRH203-W

INVUE ADH2083
S1060/1560 REP.PSA Adhesive that can be used on the
KIT 8PK InVue sensor when it is used without
AX8060 the arm bracket (AX7658). *** It can
INVUE ADH2083 also be used with the arms bracket
S1060/1560 REP.PSA (AX7658) but not required.
KIT 8PK

INVUE PS531W58 5V.3A


5PIN PWR SUPPLY

5V 3A (5 Pin Connector) - Power supply including cable for use


AX7343 US (power supply and
N/A
with security post AX7338
cable for security post)

InVue Part # PS531-US

T-20 Lock Key FOB


T-20 security but used for work with
InVue Phone and Tablet security.
AX???? N/A
Specifically for use with security
InVue Part #
arm bracket installation.
AF6330

Sensor Micro USB cable


and puck
Cable puck combination for use with
phones and tablets. Can be used in
AX???? N/A
combination with security arm
InVue Part # brackets (part # EC95400)

EC95231-W – M47

Standard Phone bracket


Universal fit security arm brackets
used for phones. Used in
AX???? N/A
combination with (Micro USB
InVue Part #
sensor cable # EC95231-W).
EC95400-X33
Business\Internal

LTO3 Bar Sensor - White


(secondary sensor for
two piece units) Secondary sensor that is used to
AX7351 N/A secure two part displays. Connects
to alarm module base AX7350
InVue Part #
LTO1502-W

Game Display Case Lock

InVue Part #
AX7336 N/A
PL302-W PL321-6TARG

Part EOL as of 3-10-24

Fragrance Display Case


Lock

InVue Part #
AX7336 N/A
PL302-W PL321-4TARG

Part EOL as of 3-10-24

POS Locks

InVue Part #
AX7336 N/A
PL302-W PL321-5TARG

Part EOL as of 3-10-24

Back To Top
Business\Internal

InVue Security Overview


InVue Video series:

IR 3 Key Check in / Checkout (length 1:50)

InVue Tablet / Phone Security Overview (length 5:00)

InVue Tablet Full InVue Tablet Installation only

IR3 Key LED Indicators


Business\Internal

Canon Inline displays

Canon tier 1 display Canon tier 2 display

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Canon Inline display Tier 1


DPCI number
056-94-0842

Required Tools
• Canon display Lens Case Tool
(Security Allen / Should be taped to
the side of the display. Or with
store security.
• T27 Torx security bit
• 3mm Allen key
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• MTI Security tool
• MTI Intellekey USB stick
• MTI programmer

Display Functionality Checklist


• All cameras present and physically secured to MTI post
• MTI puck LED is solid white indicating camera has armed security and is getting
power.
• Top acrylic case will have bottom lit panels along its length
• Units should be locked down from tether extraction if possible
• Units should have the MTI power cable installed (order through support center)
• MTI security installed correctly, Anti rotational arms installed for DSLR and point
and shoot and lens guards in place for all DSLR units.

Relates Videos

Link to Camera install video series


Business\Internal

Steps to Opening the Display

1) To open top acrylic case remove the


two Security screws from either side
of the front of the case. The case will
tilt up to open.
2) To access the MTI components, slide
the unit out and tilt back to expose the
underside of the display.

Common problems associated with Display section only

Common Problems Possible Causes


Top acrylic light box not lit. • Power supply for LED strip under panel not plugged in.
But all other camera pucks
have power • Cable from power brick to LED strip damaged
• LED strip has failed. (Look for burnt led)
• Power supply failed

Top acrylic LED not lit as • Display main power strip not plugged in
well as none of the
• Main power strip switch in the off position
camera puck show no
power

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common problems associated with MTI security positions

Common Problems Possible Causes


Units not on • Entire display is powered off
• No power getting to security stalk power brick
• Security stalk power brick failed
• Power not getting to individual security stalk
• Cable between power brick and stalk damaged/ disconnected
• Connectors on security stalk (where camera puck is seated) dirty
or puck not seating correctly
• Security stalk failed
• Connection between security puck and camera unit
damaged/ disconnected
• Demo unit battery pack (smart fit kit) has failed // To confirm test with
another known good Puck See video below for testing tips
• Camera Known Good Parts Testing

• Camera demo unit failed (pull from stock with LOD permission but
only after troubleshooting confirmation.
MTI Puck separated at the • This is likely due to a failed and expanded battery pack inside the
seam between the top and puck assembly.
bottom pieces • Power position down immediately and remove camera from power
connection
• See additional information in the link below (Expanded Batteries)

Security not powered • Entire display is powered off


• No power getting to individual security stalk power brick
• Security stalk power brick failed
• Power not getting to security stalk
• Cable between power brick and stalk damaged/ disconnected
• Security stalk failed
Security not actively • Entire display island powered off
armed (lit but
• Security puck not getting power
flashing white or
white and red) • Security put in place without being armed

MTI Puck LED • Connectors on security stalk dirty or puck not seating correctly
status definitions
• Physical security elements not installed correctly or damaged
• Security puck failed
• MTI programmer failed
• MTI USB Key failed
Business\Internal

Canon camera display Tier 1

MTI Puck
AX6081

Security MTI
Power Security
Supply Post -
AX6066
Security Base
AX6131 - Security/MTI Micro/Power
Plate -
Supply Only
AX6127 - Micro Security

AX6085
3' Power Cord

Back To Top
Business\Internal

MTI Puck assembly:


Business\Internal

Part list Outside:


Acrylic case LED river

Fact Tag
holders

MTI security
post & Puck

11 10 Part list Inside:


12

LED River
Power brick
MTI security 120 AC
Power bricks Power Strip
X5 Back To Top
Business\Internal

Current Parts list

AX6083 - Canon EOS R50 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 1


AX6083 - Canon EOS T7 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 2
AX6083 - Canon EOS R100 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 3
AX6083 - Canon EOS R10 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 4
Canon - EOS R100 Camera - Live Display (056-94-6474) 5
AX6065 - Canon EOS R100 - Camera Security Stalk (Post) and Puck (Inline) 6
AX6066 - Canon EOS R100 - MTI Micro Post / With Tether 7
AX6081 - Canon EOS R100 - Camera Security Puck (Inline) 8
AX6085 - Canon EOS R100 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Base Plate Only 9
AX6127 - Canon EOS R100 - Micro Security 3' Power Cord 10
AX6131 - Canon EOS R100 - Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 11
AX6375 - Canon EOS R100 - Freedom Micro Tether (Pull) 12
AX6472 - Canon EOS R100 - Camera Anti-Rotation Arm 13
AX6732 - Canon EOS R100 - No Pull Tether/High Theft 14
AX7160 - Canon EOS R100 - Conversion Plate for P04 Boat Fixture 15
AX6065 - Canon EOS R50 - Camera Security Stalk (Post) and Puck (Inline) 16
AX6066 - Canon EOS R50 - MTI Micro Post / With Tether 17
AX6081 - Canon EOS R50 - Camera Security Puck (Inline) 18
AX6085 - Canon EOS R50 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Base Plate Only 19
AX6127 - Canon EOS R50 - Micro Security 3' Power Cord 20
AX6131 - Canon EOS R50 - Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 21
AX6375 - Canon EOS R50 - Freedom Micro Tether (Pull) 22
AX6472 - Canon EOS R50 - Camera Anti-Rotation Arm 23
AX6732 - Canon EOS R50 - No Pull Tether/High Theft 24
AX7160 - Canon EOS R50 - Conversion Plate for P04 Boat Fixture 25
Canon - EOS R50 Camera - Live Display (056-94-0395) 26
ZG2268BK - Canon EOS R100 - SFK - Inline 27
ZG2269BK - Canon EOS R50 - SFK - Inline 28
AX6065 - Canon EOS T7 - Camera Security Stalk (Post) and Puck (Inline) 29
AX6066 - Canon EOS T7 - MTI Micro Post / With Tether 30
AX6081 - Canon EOS T7 - Camera Security Puck (Inline) 31
AX6085 - Canon EOS T7 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Base Plate Only 32
AX6127 - Canon EOS T7 - Micro Security 3' Power Cord 33
AX6131 - Canon EOS T7 - Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 34
AX6375 - Canon EOS T7 - Freedom Micro Tether (Pull) 35
AX6472 - Canon EOS T7 - Camera Anti-Rotation Arm 36
AX6732 - Canon EOS T7 - No Pull Tether/High Theft 37
AX6898 - Canon EOS T7 - SFK - Inline 38
AX7160 - Canon EOS T7 - Conversion Plate for P04 Boat Fixture 39
Canon - EOS T7 Camera - Live Display (056-94-0398) 40
Canon - EOS R10 Camera - Live Display (056-94-8992) 41
AX6065 - Canon EOS R10 - Camera Security Stalk (Post) and Puck (Inline) 42
AX6066 - Canon EOS R10 - MTI Micro Post / With Tether 43
AX6081 - Canon EOS R10 - Camera Security Puck (Inline) 44
AX6085 - Canon EOS R10 - EE/Security/MTI Micro/Base Plate Only 45
AX6127 - Canon EOS R10 - Micro Security 3' Power Cord 46
AX6131 - Canon EOS R10 - Security/MTI Micro/Power Supply Only 47
AX6375 - Canon EOS R10 - Freedom Micro Tether (Pull) 48
AX6472 - Canon EOS R10 - Camera Anti-Rotation Arm 49
AX6732 - Canon EOS R10 - No Pull Tether/High Theft 50
AX7160 - Canon EOS R10 - Conversion Plate for P04 Boat Fixture 51
ZG1657BK - Canon EOS R10 - SFK - Inline 52
ZG2267BK - Canon G7X MKII - SFK - Inline 53
Business\Internal

Camera Installation Examples


NOTE*** Cameras to place are NOT pulled from stock. These
will be filled with special display DPCI class 94 displays. Call
support to order missing or damaged units.

Canon T7 DPCI 056-94-0398

MTI (AX or ZG) Number AX6898

All Canon DSLR are installed similarly

MTI Anti Rotational


Feet used here.
Shown to the right
anti-spin “U” is
preferred install.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Canon EOS R10 DPCI 056-94-8992

MTI (ZG) Number ZG1657BK

NOTE: The lens cover must


be flipped out for the lens
cover bracket to seat correctly.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Canon EOS R50 DPCI 056-94-0395

MTI (ZG) Number ZG2269BK

NOTE: The lens cover must


be flipped out for the lens
cover bracket to seat correctly.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Canon EOS R100 DPCI 056-94-6474

MTI (ZG) Number ZG2268BK

NOTE: The lens cover must


be flipped out for the lens
cover bracket to seat correctly.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

MTI Security Overview (LED conditions)

MTI Expanded Battery Examples


LED Conditions
• Solid White = Enabled
• All other conditions are considered Disabled and non functional

*** Please note that there is an alternate FIVE second condition. This

If you are unable to arm a puck:


When it flashes every 8 seconds that is a puck issue.
When it flashes every 5 seconds that is an SFK issue. You can test this by
unplugging the SFK from the puck and rearming. The puck should turn solid
white; then plug the SFK back into the puck and the puck should start
flashing again.
Business\Internal

Camera Tips and Tricks

Swollen (Expanded) Camera Battery Packs:

Inside the Puck portion of the MTI camera security there are two NMHI battery
packs. These packs are designed to be charged by the post under normal conditions
and provide power for the camera unit when it is picked up by the customer for demo
purposes.

In cased where these battery packs fail or there is some problem with the post
charging system you can get a condition known as battery swell.

This is caused by heat and gas buildup inside the battery pack and can lead to
complete battery failure and in extreme cases the battery may combust.

The tell tail sign of a pack inside the puck swelling is you will see separation
between the upper and lower puck halves.

If this is observed, you should take immediate action to remove all power from the
post and disconnect the camera from the puck USB power.

This should not be powered up again until the battery packs are fully replaced.

Battery pack installed Battery pack glued to


In MTI Puck plastic bracket

Examples of “SPLIT”
MTI Pucks due to
expanded batteries.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

MTI Security components overview.


MCP Programmer box

PROGRAMMING INTELLIKEYS & ISMS:

Each IntelliKey and ISM unit must be programmed with the same security code in
order for them to operate together. Security codes are created and uploaded to the
IntelliKeys and ISM units using the Multiple Code Processor (MCP).

MCP Programmer
with cable
UPLOADING NEW CODES TO security pucks:

1) Remove any IntelliKeys (if present) from the MCP

2) Use the provided USB cable to connect MCP to the USM mini port
of the puck. The MCP beeps once confirming the connection.

3) Press and release the Function button. The MCP will beep once. A
second confirmation beep will occur if the puck has NOT been
programmed to this MCP box.

UPLOADING NEW CODES TO INTELLIKEYS: MCP Programmer


Intellekey
1) Use a USB cable to connect the MCP to an powered MYI security USB port
puck. The MCP beeps once when power is applied.

2) Plug key(s) into the IntelliKey port(s). Wait for each key’s Intellekey
LED to turn RED, indicating the key’s current code does not USB
match the code in the MCP. standard
port

3) Note: If a key’s LED turns solid GREEN, the key’s existing


code already matches the current code in the MCP and no
changes will occur or programming is required

4) Press and release the Function button. The MCP will beep
once. A second confirmation beep will occur if the puck has
NOT been programmed to this MCP box.

5) Remove key(s) from MCP. To test plug the IntelliKey into the USB Mini port of a
powered MTI security puck to confirm the LED turns green confirming the Intellekey
and security puck programmed codes match.

Intellekey
USB Mini port

MTI Security
puck
Intellekey port
Back To Top
Business\Internal

Canon Inline display Tier 2


DPCI number
056-94-5476

Required Tools
• Canon display Lens Case Tool
(Security Allen / Should be taped to
the side of the display. Or with
store security.
• T27 Torx security bit
• 3mm Allen key
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• MTI Security tool
• MTI Intellekey USB stick
• MTI programmer

Display Functionality Checklist


• All cameras positioned parallel to each other and clean.
• Top and bottom LED light rivers evenly illuminated from end to end
• .Acrylic case clean and undamaged

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Remove four T27 security torx screws (two on


each side) to then lift off the cover.

NOTE** An option is to remove the bottom


screws only and rotate the cover up and prop into
the open position.
2) To access the electric components the display
must be slid out to get to the main power supply.
3) To replace the LED panels the display must be
fully disassembled and removed from the shelf.

Video example of how to remove to


case

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


Single LED panel • The two way splitter under the display is damaged or
illuminated other panel is disconnected
not illuminated
• LED strip has failed. (Look for burnt led)

Both LED panels are not • Display main power strip not plugged in
illuminated
• Main power strip switch in the off position

• Two way splitter fully disconnected.

Canon camera display Tier 2

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Part list Outside:


Acrylic case LED river top

LED river top

Fact Tag
holders

MTI security
post & Puck

Part list Inside:


12
11

LED River
Power brick
MTI security 120 AC
Power bricks Power Strip
X5

Back To Top

Current Parts list

1
2
3
Business\Internal

CONNECTED HOME SECTION Amazon (Under construction)

DPCI number
See variations
below

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers

Display Functionality Checklist


• Each display positioned correctly according to current Planogram
• All powered devices powered and presenting basic interactive demo content.
• All demo devices correctly secured to the display fixture.

Steps to Opening the Display


1. Steps to open the flex shelf.
2.
How to open and Flex shelf

Common Problems Possible Causes


Unit is not playing demo • Display not powered (Unplugged, power strip switch off)
content
• LED power supply not connected to power strip
• Splitter cable between LED elements and power supply
damaged or disconnected
• Power supply failed

• Display is not connected to Target DGE WIFI


SEE STEPS BELOW
Future

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Show 8 Gen 3
DPCI 056-94-0409
Show 5 Gen 3
DPCI 056-94-0393

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Part list inside / Outside:

Echo Show 8
Echo Dot
Gen 3
Echo Dot Kids with clock 22
DPCI
DPCI DPCI
056-94-0409
056-94-8247 056-94-3746
Echo Show 5
Gen 3 Echo Gen 4
DPCI DPCI
056-94-0393 056-94-5159

How to connect unit to Target DGE WiFi


1. Locate the Echo Show 8 in store
2. Ensure the device is playing the demo loop.
3. Tap 8 times in the top right of the device.
4. This will prompt menu that will pull up settings menu. Select system settings
5. Find the DGE network select it and connect the device to it using the password:
ConnectedDigitalStore
6. Exit out of the menu to start the demo loop again
8 Taps in upper right corner
Business\Internal

Back To Top
Business\Internal

FITBIT INLINE 4 FOOT Inline (Spring 2025)


Note (Only 21 stores)
DPCI number
057-94-0134

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers
• #10 Torx security bit

Display Functionality Checklist


• All dummy units accounted for and undamaged. (See parts list section below)
• Display LED light river and upper left backer Logo are illuminated.

Steps to Opening the Display


3. Remove backer panel by inserting fingers in two bottom cutouts and lifting up.
4. To remove the light river use a flat toll to pry under one ed. Leave this acrylic cover and
LED panel connected and set behind the demo units as you work on them.
5. The demo units are held in place with dual wing nuts for each bracket.

How to open and display disassembly

Common Problems Possible Causes


All LED lights not • Display not powered (Unplugged, power strip switch off)
functioning
• LED power supply not connected to power strip
• Splitter cable between LED elements and power supply
damaged or disconnected
• Power supply failed

One or more display light • Display needs reset


not working
• Splitter cable between LED power brick and light damaged
• LED element(s) not connected correctly or damaged
• Individual cables between splitter cable and LED elements
damaged or disconnected
• LED elements has failed (Uncommon)
Business\Internal

Fitbit 4 Foot Non Acrylic Spring 2024

Demo display list 4 Foot Inline Non Acrylic (Spring 2024)

Product assortment Left to right:


Pixel Watch 3 – Obsidian
Pixel Watch 2 – Silver
Sense 2 – Graphite
Versa 4 – Rose
Charge 6 – Black
Inspire 3 – Black or Honey (Not Both)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Part list inside / Outside:

Power Splitter
Cable
17
Power
Supply
8 Backside of
Display

18

4 3 2
19 20 21

12

14 11 10 7
5-6 9
Illuminated Light
River
Business\Internal

Install examples:

All dummy units and bands listed below but not shown on images above.

Current Parts list

Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Backer Graphic (23Q4) 1


Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Inspire 3 Black Band 2
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Versa 4 Rosewater Band 3
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Sense 2 Graphite Band 4
Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Pixel Watch 1 Stand & Band Holder - LRG 5
Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Pixel Watch 2 Stand & Band Holder - LRG 6
Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Charge 6 Stand & Band Holder - MED 7
Google Fitbit - 4' Non-Acrylic Inline Display - LED Power Supply 8
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Inspire 3 Black Stand & Band Holder - SML 9
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Versa 4 Rosewater Stand & Band Holder - MED 10
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Sense 2 Graphite Stand & Band Holder - MED 11
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Acrylic Cover for LED Strip 12
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Band Holder Security Wrench 13
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Wedge Graphic Lens Cover 14
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Ace 3 Cosmic Blue Stand & Band Holder - SML 15
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Ace 3 Cosmic Blue Band 16
Google Fitbit - 4' Non-Acrylic Inline Display - LED Splitter 17
Google Fitbit - 4ft Inline Display - Complete Display (057-94-0134) 18
Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Pixel Watch 1 Mock - Obsidian 19
Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Pixel Watch 2 Mock - Obsidian - Shipping Delays 20
Possible
Google Fitbit- 4ft Inline Display - Charge 6 Mock - Black - Shipping Delays Possible 21

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Google Pixel Display 9, 9 Pro

DPCI number
Pixel 9 DPCI 080-94-0251
Pixel 9 Pro DPCI 080-94-3777

Required Tools
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• MTI security tool

*** NOTE that the LIVE Pixel


Phones will only be located on the
Backwall fixtures shown above

Display Functionality Checklist


• All live demo units running in demo mode. • NOTE Units will need to be power on
to check for demo content this is normal operation.
• MTI security active and armed (solid white) on live display units.
• Devices connected to correct WiFi ( DGE network ).
Business\Internal

Topics cover below for the Pixel 9, 9 Pro


Charging issues

MTI Security install

Wi-Fi DEMO Install Instructions

Set Time zone

Updating WiFi Post Demo

Updating store hours

Updating store ID & Retailer name

To Uninstall/Factory Reset

Resetting Locked Phones 9 Series

Demo Installation Instructions FAQ

Common Problems Possible Causes


Single display not • Security puck not in armed condition (must be solid white to
powered provide power to device)
• MTI Security put in place without being armed
(If USB-C powered see • USB power cable from puck to display damaged or disconnected
NOTE***) • Security puck unable to be armed or has failed
• See Charging troubleshooting section below
• NOTE*** If a Phone has completely died this may be an
issue where the amp load to charge the phone exceeds the
capability of the MTI puck port. In this case it is required that
you connect a wall plug OEM cable to the phone to get it
charged up to at least 50%. Then you can plug the MTI
cable back in to see if charging takes place.
Display demo content not • Screen likely set for incorrect current time or
running during the normal incorrect time zone.
daytime hours / Screen • This causes the screen saver to run rather than the
appears pixilated demo content.
• See Demo time zone set section below
All units not powered • Entire display island powered off
Any phone not running
• Power boxes under shelf not turned or not getting power (work with
demo content
PML)
• NOTE Be sure that you turn on unit to “wake” from sleep mode to
test demo content.
• NOTE: Demo device will not allow phone to charge about 40%
Business\Internal

• Checkout the Wifi configuration steps here.


Not in DGE Mode, Demo • Demo install
not operational
• Checkout the factory reset / demo install process from the link here
Google Pixel factory reset / Demo install
Display not fully charging • Displays configured for demo mode are programmed to only
charge up to 30-40 % full range.

• Use an external charging power supply to get the phone turned on.
If the MTI puck is older, it may not be able to initially charge the
phone.

Google Pixel Schematic


MTI Security
Puck

MTI
Security Security
Power Supply Base
Backer
Graphics
LED Panel

MTI Security
Puck

MTI
Security Security
Power Supply Base

LED Panel
Power Supply
Located Under
120
The Island VAC

Power Strip

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside and Outside

Google Pixel live phones charging issue resolution

Wrong Right

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Security information below:

MTI Freedom micro universal bracket (Google Pixel Brand Wall)


Assembly Overview
Business\Internal

Video example of Bracket install

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9 & 9 Pro Demo QR Code Installation


Instructions
• You are about to install Pixel 9 or 9 Pro Retail Demo mode.
You will need Wi-Fi connection to proceed.
• Ensure that you connect to a power source for the entire process.
• Follow these instructions carefully For a successful installation

Setup Instructions
When turning on the device for the first time, refer to the two Scenarios below:
During initial install your device should be at the“Scenario2”screen on the right, if this is correct
proceed to step8

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9 Pro

Pixel 9

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

SCENARIO 1 Start Here

Step 1
Tap repeatedly in the top area to start the
QR code screen.
As you tap, a pop-up will show up:
• “3 more taps to start QR code setup”
• “2 more taps to start QR code setup”
• “1 more taps to start QR code setup”
Keep tapping until you see the QR code
screen.
Each country has a unique QR code.
Double-check that you intend to install
for US-English before proceeding
Step 2
Point the Pixel phone camera at the correct
QR code shown ABOVE and it will
automatically detect the correct demo to
install.
Step 3
Select your network “DGE”, enter password
“ConnectedDigitalStore” if needed and
tap Connect

When connected, tap on the network name a second time to advance to the next screen,
if needed.

Step 4
Tap Next
Step 5
Tap Accept and Continue
(This screen may take a few minutes).
After this step you will see “Account Login” and “Preparing Device” screens (this will show for
about 30 seconds), then it will move to Step 6
Step 6
Your phone will install all demo content. (This may take up to 15 minutes depending on your
network speed).
Step 7
To finish setup, tap Continue
If you’d like to finish later, turn off the device.
Business\Internal

Power
Butto
n

Step 8
Select “Target” from the list and tap Next.

Step 9
Type your store ID. (This is the store
number) Tap Next

Step 10
Connect to Wi-Fi: tap on Connect to Wi-Fi
and choose “DGE” and enter password

“ConnectedDigitalStore”

Tap Next.

Step 11
Input your store’s earliest open and latest
closing hours, if needed change the Time
Zone to your location, then tap Finish
setup

Step12
Wait for setup to complete, it may take a couple of minutes.
If download fails, check your network connection, reset and try again.

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Step13
Hold both the power button and the volume up button at the same time, then tap Restart

Installation is complete after the phone restarts and when the demo attract
loop plays and background screen is loaded and shows the Pixel wallpaper.

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9, 9 Pro Set Time zone

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9, 9 Pro Updating WiFi Post Install

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9, 9 Pro Updating store hours

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9, 9 Pro Updating store ID & Retailer name

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

To Uninstall/Factory Reset Pixel 9, 9 Pro


Live phone running demo

1. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen


2. Locate and tap settings
3. Scroll down the page and tap System
4. Tap Reset options
5. Tap Erase all data (factory reset)
6. Tap Erase all data
7. Type #GoogleDemoUnit#(case sensitive).

8. When the correct password is entered, continue


will turn blue. Tap continue.

9. Phone will take a couple of minutes to reset and


then the setup page will appear.

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 9, 9 Pro 9A Resetting Locked Phones


(Use if resetting a demo phone above did not work)

Step 1
Power off the phone
Then press power + volume
down button to enter
bootloader

Step 2
Use volume down button x3
times until recovery mode is
selected

Step 3
When screen appears, press
and hold Power button. Press
Volume Up once and then
release Power button

Step 4
Select wipe data factory reset

Step 5
Click yes to confirm

Step 6
Select reboot system now and
the phone will go back into its
original start mode. Use the
instructions on page 2 or 6 to
install new demo
Business\Internal

Pixel 9, 9 Pro
Demo Installation Instructions FAQ
Q: During download, this “System UI keeps stopping” pops up.
A:Justtap“Closeapp.”The download will be continuing in the background.

Q:Duringdownload,presentedwitha“Demosetupcouldnotbecompleted”
A: Click the factory reset button and follow the instructions reinstall the demo.
**This just means one of the apps failed to install**

Q: During download, presented with a “QR code is


incompatible with this device”
A: You have scanned the incorrect QR code for your
device, factory reset button and follow the instructions
reinstall the demo.

Q: During download, stuck at “0 of 11 downloaded”


A: Wait 2 minutes then restart the device, if the demo is
installed you may continue with setup. If you are presented
with a failure screen, click the factory reset button and
follow the instructions reinstall the demo.

Q: I accidentally installed demo mode in the wrong country/language. Can I


switch it after installation?
A: Yes. Use the instructions for “Resetting Locked Phones” above to uninstall
Q: Can I set up Demo Mode without Wi-Fi?
A: No. You must have Wi-Fi connection.
Business\Internal

Q: Can I (or should I) add a Google account to the device?


A: No. Absolutely NOT

Q: The phone does not appear to ever be fully charge to 100%. Is my phone
defective?
A: No, this is by design. Phones in demo mode will only partially charge to 30-35%.

Q: Is it possible to install demo mode if you accidently did a regular device


setup? Or do I have to factory reset first? How do I uninstall demo mode
without a factory reset? Or do I have to factory reset first?
A: Yes, you must factory reset.

Q: Do I need an internet connection after I install demo mode?


A: Yes. Apps (such as the Google Assistant and Google Lens) rely on Internet
connectivity.

Q: What do I do if my installation fails? Is there anyone I should contact?


A: First, please start over. If your installation continues to fail, contact support center
888.581.9124

Q: Why is the attract loop playing at 10% brightness? (e.g.phone is in off-


hours mode)
A: When your phone is in off-hours mode, brightness reduces to 10%. If you would
like to change your store’s open and close hours, you must follow the instructions on
the previous question.

Back To Top Back To Pixel Phone Index


Business\Internal

Google Pixel Display 8A

DPCI number
Pixel 8A DPCI 080-94-0076

Required Tools
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• MTI security tool

*** NOTE that the LIVE Pixel


Phones will only be located on the
Backwall Brand wall fixtures
shown here

Display Functionality Checklist


• All live demo units running in demo mode. • NOTE Units will need to be power on
to check for demo content this is normal operation.

• MTI security active and armed (solid white) on live display units.
• Devices connected to correct WiFi ( DGE network ).

Topics cover below for the Pixel 8A


Charging issues 8A

MTI Security install

Wi-Fi ZTP (Zero Touch Protocol) DEMO Install


Instructions

Updating WiFi Post Demo

Updating store hours


Business\Internal

Updating store ID & Retailer name

Set Time zone

To Uninstall/Factory Reset (Generic Option 1)

Resetting Locked Phones 8 Series (Generic option 2)

Demo Installation Instructions FAQ

Common Problems Possible Causes


Single display not • Security puck not in armed condition (must be solid white to
powered provide power to device)
• MTI Security put in place without being armed
(If USB-C powered see • USB power cable from puck to display damaged or disconnected
NOTE***) • Security puck unable to be armed or has failed
• See Charging troubleshooting section below
• NOTE*** If a Phone has completely died this may be an
issue where the amp load to charge the phone exceeds the
capability of the MTI puck port. In this case it is required that
you connect a wall plug OEM cable to the phone to get it
charged up to at least 50%. Then you can plug the MTI
cable back in to see if charging takes place.
Display demo content not • Screen likely set for incorrect current time or
running during the normal incorrect time zone.
daytime hours / Screen • This causes the screen saver to run rather than the
appears pixilated demo content.
• See Demo time zone set section below
All units not powered • Entire display island powered off
Any phone not running
• Power boxes under shelf not turned or not getting power (work with
demo content
PML)
• NOTE Be sure that you turn on unit to “wake” from sleep mode to
test demo content.
• NOTE: Demo device will not allow phone to charge about 40%

• Checkout the Wifi configuration steps here.


Not in DGE Mode, Demo • Demo install
not operational
• Checkout the factory reset / demo install process from the link here
Google Pixel factory reset / Demo install
Display not fully charging • Displays configured for demo mode are programmed to only
charge up to 30-40 % full range.

• Use an external charging power supply to get the phone turned on.
If the MTI puck is older, it may not be able to initially charge the
phone.

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Google Pixel Schematic


MTI Security
Puck

MTI
Security Security
Power Supply Base
Backer
Graphics
LED Panel

MTI Security
Puck

MTI
Security Security
Power Supply Base

LED Panel
Power Supply
Located Under
120
The Island VAC

Power Strip

Display Visual - Inside and Outside

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Google 8A Pixel live phones charging issue resolution

Wrong Right

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Security information below:

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

MTI Freedom micro universal bracket (Google Pixel 8A Brand Wall)


Assembly Overview

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8A Demo QR Code Installation


Instructions
• You are about to install Pixel 8 or 8 Pro Retail Demo mode.
You will need Wi-Fi connection to proceed.
• Ensure that you connect to a power source for the entire process.
• Follow these instructions carefully For a successful installation

Setup Instructions
When turning on the device for the first time, refer to the two Scenarios below:
During initial install your device should be at the“Scenario2”screen on the right, if this is correct
proceed to step8

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8A

SCENARIO 1 Start Here

Step 1
Tap repeatedly in the top area to start the
QR code screen.
As you tap, a pop-up will show up:
• “3 more taps to start QR code setup”
• “2 more taps to start QR code setup”
• “1 more taps to start QR code setup”
Keep tapping until you see the QR code
screen.
Each country has a unique QR code.
Double-check that you intend to install
for US-English before proceeding

Step 2
Point the Pixel phone camera at the correct
QR code shown ABOVE and it will
automatically detect the correct demo to
install.

Step 3
Select your network “DGE”, enter password “ConnectedDigitalStore” if needed and tap
Connect
When connected, tap on the network name a second time to advance to the next screen,
if needed.

Step 4
Tap Next
Business\Internal

Step 5
Tap Accept and Continue
(This screen may take a few minutes).
After this step you will see “Account Login” and “Preparing Device” screens (this will show for
about 30 seconds), then it will move to Step 6
Step 6
Your phone will install all demo content. (This may take up to 15 minutes depending on your
network speed).
Step 7
To finish setup, tap Continue
If you’d like to finish later, turn off the device.

Power
Butto

Step 8
Select“Target” from the list and tap Next.

Step 9
Type your store ID.
(This is the store number) Tap Next
Business\Internal

Step 10
Connect to Wi-Fi: tap on Connect to Wi-Fi and choose “DGE” and enter password

“ConnectedDigitalStore”

NOTE ***
IN TARGET - 8a will attempt to automatically
connect to DGE

Tap Next.

Step 11
Input your store’s earliest open and latest
closing hours, if needed change the Time
Zone to your location, then tap Finish
setup

Step12
Wait for setup to complete, it may take a couple of minutes.
If download fails, check your network connection, reset and try
again.

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Step13

THIS IS A MUST COMPLETE STEP


Hold both the power button and the volume up button at the same time, then tap Restart

Installation is complete after the phone restarts and when the demo attract
loop plays and background screen is loaded and shows the Pixel wallpaper.

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8A Updating WiFi Post Install

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8A Updating store hours

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8A Updating store ID & Retailer name

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8A Set Time zone

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

To Uninstall/Factory Reset Pixel 8A


Live phone running demo

10. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen


11. Locate and tap settings
12. Scroll down the page and tap System
13. Tap Reset options
14. Tap Erase all data (factory reset)
15. Tap Erase all data
16. Type #GoogleDemoUnit#(case sensitive).

17. When the correct password is entered,


continue will turn blue. Tap continue.

18. Phone will take a couple of minutes to reset


and then the setup page will appear.

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Pixel 8, 8 Pro, 8A Resetting Locked Phones


(Use if resetting a demo phone above did not work)

Step 1
Power off the phone
Then press power + volume
down button to enter
bootloader

Step 2
Use volume down button x3
times until recovery mode is
selected

Step 3
When screen appears, press
and hold Power button. Press
Volume Up once and then
release Power button

Step 4
Select wipe data factory reset

Step 5
Click yes to confirm

Step 6
Select reboot system now and
the phone will go back into its
original start mode. Use the
instructions on page 2 or 6 to
install new demo
Business\Internal

Pixel 8A
Demo Installation Instructions FAQ
Q: During download, this “System UI keeps stopping” pops up.
A:Just tap “Close app” The download will be continuing in the background.

Q:Duringdownload,presentedwitha“Demosetupcouldnotbecompleted”
A: Click the factory reset button and follow the instructions reinstall the demo.
**This just means one of the apps failed to install**

Q: During download, presented with a “QR code is


incompatible with this device”
A: You have scanned the incorrect QR code for your
device, factory reset button and follow the instructions
reinstall the demo.

Q: During download, stuck at “0 of 11 downloaded”


A: Wait 2 minutes then restart the device, if the demo is
installed you may continue with setup. If you are presented
with a failure screen, click the factory reset button and
follow the instructions reinstall the demo.
Business\Internal

Q: I accidentally installed demo mode in the wrong country/language. Can I


switch it after installation?
A: Yes. Use the instructions for “Resetting Locked Phones” above to uninstall
Q: Can I set up Demo Mode without Wi-Fi?
A: No. You must have Wi-Fi connection.

Q: Can I (or should I) add a Google account to the device?


A: No. Absolutely NOT

Q: The phone does not appear to ever be fully charge to 100%. Is my phone
defective?
A: No, this is by design. Phones in demo mode will only partially charge to 30-35%.

Q: Is it possible to install demo mode if you accidently did a regular device


setup? Or do I have to factory reset first? How do I uninstall demo mode
without a factory reset? Or do I have to factory reset first?
A: Yes, you must factory reset.

Q: Do I need an internet connection after I install demo mode?


A: Yes. Apps (such as the Google Assistant and Google Lens) rely on Internet
connectivity.

Q: What do I do if my installation fails? Is there anyone I should contact?


A: First, please start over. If your installation continues to fail, contact support center
888.581.9124

Q: Why is the attract loop playing at 10% brightness? (e.g.phone is in off-


hours mode)
A: When your phone is in off-hours mode, brightness reduces to 10%. If you would
like to change your store’s open and close hours, you must follow the instructions on
the previous question.

Back To Top Back To Pixel 8A Phone Index


Business\Internal

Google Pixel Watch III display


DPCI number
Pixel Watch II DPCI 057-94-0350

Required Tools
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• MTI Security tool
• Standard pliers

*** NOTE that the Pixel may be located


on the back wall “feature wall” area.

Display Functionality Checklist


• All live demo units running in demo mode. • NOTE Units
will need to be power on to check for demo content this is
normal operation.

• Statis security installed correctly and undamaged.

Topics cover below for the Pixel Watch


Troubleshooting

Pixel Watch Bracket Installation

Pixel Watch High Security Bracket Installation

Pixel Watch Demo Mode Setup

Watch Troubleshooting & FAQ Back To Top


Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


Watch not showing that • Charge position is incorrect
its charging
• Ensure charger is installed with the power cable to the right.
• There are four pins that must magnetically match into position with
the installed watch.

No Demo content playing • Se device not charging above.


Google Pixel Schematic


It is critical that the
cable is installed to the
right so the charger
lines up correctly with
the watch.
The correct charger
will have four pins
rather than two

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

NOTE*** The charger for the watch must be the four prong style
charger, The prongs must face toward the watch when installed, and the
cable must exit toward the bezel knob side of the watch

Display Visual - Inside and Outside

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Pixel Watch Bracket Installation

It is critical that the


cable is installed to the
right so the charger
lines up correctly with
the watch.
The correct charger
will have four pins
rather than two

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Pixel Watch Demo Mode Installation

Parts:

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

NOTE*** The charger for the watch must be the four prong style
charger, The prongs must face toward the watch when installed, and the
cable must exit toward the bezel knob side of the watch

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Pixel Watch Demo Mode Setup and Installation

You are about to install Retail Demo mode.


Ensure device has enough power, otherwise set watch on power source for the entire
process.
Follow these instructions carefully for a successful installation.

If the device does not power


on please place it on the
charger for 5-15 minutes

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Back To Top Pixel Watch Index


Business\Internal

Google Pixel Tablet display


DPCI number
Pixel Tablet DPCI 080-94-0392

Required Tools
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• MTI Security tool
• Standard pliers

*** NOTE that the Pixel may be located on


the back wall “feature wall” area.

Display Functionality Checklist


• All live demo units running in demo mode. • NOTE
Units will need to be power on to check for demo
content this is normal operation.

• Statis security installed correctly and undamaged.

• Should be connected to WiFi can test with voice


command to “Hey Google, play some music.”

Topics below for the Pixel Tablet


Pixel Tablet Bracket Installation

Pixel Tablet Demo Mode Setup


Back To Top

Post Demo Installation WiFi Changes

Post Demo Updating Store Hours

Post Demo Updating Time Zone

Post Demo Updating Change Google Assist Settings


Business\Internal

Post Demo Updating Change ID / Retailer Name

Demo Installation Instructions FAQ

Common Problems Possible Causes


Tablet will not power on • Unit does not have enough charge
• Be sure the tablet is seated on Dock correctly.

• FUTURE

Not charging • Confirm the dock is powered

• Test dock charging by plugging in secondary power to tablet to see


if it starts charging separate from dock

Google Pixel Tablet Schematic

AC Power
Brick
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside and Outside

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Pixel Tablet Bracket Installation

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Pixel Tablet DEMO Installation

• You are about to install Retail Demo mode via ZTP. You will need Wi-Fi
with internet connection to proceed.
• Ensure that Pixel Tablet is connected to a power source for the
entire process.
• The docking station needs no set-up. Pixel Tablet can be set up in
either undocked or docked state.
• Follow these instructions carefully for successful installation.
• Please not that these steps assume the tablet has been configured
at the factory for the initial setup steps
Business\Internal

Use the four


digit store
Number for this
entry

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Edit / Update Demo Information AFTER Installation


You are about to edit Retail Demo mode.
You will need Wi-Fi with internet connection to proceed.

Changing Wi-Fi After Install


Business\Internal

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Updating Store Hours


Business\Internal

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Set Time Zone


Business\Internal

Change Google Assistant Settings

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Updating Store ID & Retailer Name

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Pixel Tablet Demo Installation Instructions FAQ


Q: I accidentally installed demo mode in the wrong country/language. Can I switch it
after installation?
A: Yes. Use the instructions on Page 13 to change the language, if that does not work follow
the instructions on Page 8 to factory reset.

Q: Can I set up Demo Mode without Wi-Fi?


A: No. You must connect to Wi-Fi to set up Pixel tablet.

Q: Can I (or should I) add a Google account to the device?


A: No, demo will reset, and you have to setup from the beginning.

Q: The tablet does not appear to ever be fully charge to 100%. Is it defective?
A: No. As a safety precaution for a device that is always on, the battery will not charge to 100%
while in Demo Mode.

Q: Do I need an internet connection after I install demo mode?


A: No, but the demo experiences isn’t as good. Prioritize connected experiences. Apps (such
as the Google Assistant and Google Lens) rely on Internet connectivity.

Q: What do I do if my installation fails? Is there anyone


I should contact?
A: First, please start over. If your installation continues to
fail, contact Support Center, FOM, or Billy (Google CS).

Q: What if I want to adjust business hours?


A: Go to Settings-->About tablet-->Build number-->Store
hours, enter the password “#GoogleDemoUnit#” then enter
your new open/close hours.

Q: During download, this “System UI keeps stopping”


pops up.
A: Just tap “Close app.” The download will be continuing in
the background.

Q: During download, presented with a “Demo setup


could not be completed”
A: Click the factory reset button and follow the instructions
reinstall the demo.

**This just means one of the apps failed to install**

Q: During download, stuck at “0 of xx downloaded”


A: Wait 2 minutes then restart the device, if the demo is
installed you may continue with setup. If you are presented
with a failure screen, click the factory reset button and follow
the instructions reinstall the demo.

Back To Top Back to Tablet index


Business\Internal

Google Connected Living Section

Google Nest Google Nest Learning


Google Nest
Mini Thermostat Gen 4
Hub Gen 2
DPCI DPCI 056-94-0084
DPCI
056-94-0733
056-94-0363

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Google Nest Hub Black 1. Power down (unplug)


screen
2. Allow to fully reboot to black screen
3. Swipe from left side to center (slow swipe)
4. Demo will play as normal.


Learning Thermostat Gen 4 Resetting Demo

1) Press the thermostat ring towards the wall 2 times

2) Turn the ring to reach Settings. Press the ring to


confirm your selection

3) Use the ring to scroll down to Factory Reset and press on the
thermostat ring to select.
• You will see the following message:
This is not available in the demo
• While on this screen press the ring
3 times and then turn the ring to
scroll down all within 1 second.
NOTE *** The device will not
reset if this gesture is done too
slowly.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

4) Scroll down to Reset and press to select.


Pressing the Back Arrow will return to the Factory
Reset menu page and the demo attract loop will
start playing automatically after 20 seconds of
inactivity.

5) Scroll down to Yes and press to select.


Pressing cancel will return to the Factory Reset
menu page and the demo attract loop will start
playing automatically after 20 seconds of
inactivity

6) The demo will then begin to reset.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Go Pro Inline Display 2025

DPCI number
056-94-5559

Required Tools
• # 2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutters Pliers

Display Functionality Checklist


• Live video only demo content playing while unit is powered.
• Display secured to flex shelf with thumb screws.
• NOTE *** Ensure demo video content is playing the most recent Hero 10, Hero 12,
ect)

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE

Steps to Opening the Display


To open display to access component:
1. The front panels are magnetically attached.

2. Left up and out on the flex shelf


to gin access to the thumb screws
securing the display to the shelf.
3. Rotate the display around 180
so the back is facing you.
4. Remove the four small thumb
screws securing the metal back
plate that covers the media player
/ monitor.
5. Here you will have access to the
monitor power input, the SD card,
and the brackets that hold the
monitor in place.

NOTE *** For additional support on this display we have been approved to reach out
to the display manufacturer over email. This will not be real time support
popsupport@gopro.com
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

Display not updating • Any SD card should be removed before attempting the USB
based update.
• The unit should be unplugged remove any SD card, insert
the USB for update, and then plug the display back into
power

No video playing screen • Display not powered (open flex shelf and check plugs and main
dark flex shelf power strip)

• Cable from flex shelf power strip to monitor / media player


damaged or disconnected. (Open back to confirm its fully
seated)

• The power switch on the monitor itself is in the left or OFF


position.

• Monitor has completely failed.

No video playing screen • This means the content on the SD card was not copied to the
blue with application icons displays internal memory at startup. SD card is missing, not
being displayed. fully seated, or more likely damaged.
• ***NOTE: The SD card simply pushes in and does not “Click”
into place when seated.

• If SD card is known good internal memory of monitor is not


functioning (replace monitor)

• NOTE Please note that the display will play the SD card
content even with the SD card missing. But needs the SD card
in place for the initial “COPY” of the card content to the
internal memory of the Media player / monitor combo.

NOTES……
There is a remote that is included with the display and will
likely be located under the flex shelf the display is mounted
on.
There is a power switch on the monitor itself that must be
on for the display to function.

Power Switch
On = Right
Business\Internal

Bose inline 2025 Schematic (No schematic required)


See display images below.

Display Visual - Outside

7 Graphics panels

2-6 1

Hardware Display Visual – Inside


screws

Monitor / Media
player combo
Power Switch
Right = ON

Micro SD Card
Card just pushes in,
does not “click” into
place.
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

GoPro - 2' Inline Display - Comparison Panel, Hero, H12, H13, POPTGT - 2FTCTD, POP 1
GoPro - 2' Inline Display - Kit: Spacers, Glue for Cameras 2
GoPro - 2' Inline Display - Pin, Holder, Dummy Camera, POPTGT-2FTCTD, POP 3
GoPro - 2' Inline Display - ASSY, Final, Red Bluff, Hero 12 Dummy 4
GoPro - 2' Inline Display - Assy, Hero 13 Camera, Dummy 5
GoPro - 2' Inline Display - Assy, Hero Camera, Dummy 6
GoPro - 2' Inline Display - Kit: Monitor, Brightsign, 21.5, POPTGT-2FTCTD, POP 7

Back To Top
Business\Internal

JBL 4 Position Speaker


DPCI number
008-94-0068

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter(Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers
• T27 Hex Security Bit

Display Functionality Checklist

• All base LED’s lit solid in attract mode


• All museum windows lit solid at all times
• JBL logo in upper left lit solid at all times
• Xtreme 1 and Charge 4 speakers have White LED power indicator at top of unit
• Pulse 3 unit has active disco light on speaker to show power
• No visual power LED on far right unit the Flip 4
• Pressing any demo button launches Audi demo for that speaker ( 5 tracks )
• Pressed button will be solid lit during demo all other button lights off during demo
• Associated speaker base will stay lit while all other will go out or appear to dim
• Pressing any other demo button will interrupt the current demo unit
• Volume + / - button will always stay lit solid. Hold button to adjust volume + or –

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE

Steps to Opening the Display

To open display to access all electrical components, buttons, and speaker brackets.
1. Slide the display toward you and flip up so the bottom is exposed.
2. Use a # 2 Phillips to remove the 6 screws.
3. Use a carts or stool to set the bottom panel cover on while working on display

(If no support is available it might be required to set display on floor for maintenance)
To access upper graphic panel:
1. Remove the two Phillips screws securing the display logo in place and remove
Logo.
2. Remove the two Phillips screws securing the top frame panel. Lift up to remove
panel.
3. This allows the acrylic cover and graphics to be lifted up and out and removed.

Click here to view video inside browser

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


All light elements out • Display not powered
• Display requires reset (power off and on)
• No power to Media player
• No power to power distribution module
• Four conductor cable from media player to power distribution
module not connected or damaged
• Main power supply failed
• Power distribution module failed
No sound from any unit • Confirm all power and audio cables are seated and undamaged.
Display making a ”POP” An exposed cable to ground could be an issue.
sound.
• Media player has failed, new media player will likely need to be
requested.
JBL Pulse is not playing This can have to do with the order of installation and how you power
any sound but button looks down the entire display as the Pulse is being installed. Checkout this
like it is working video example for help
JBL BBY Pulse update demo error Rev 1
https://bdssolutions.wistia.com/medias/e5wttf5m7l

some light elements dim • Media / main player power supply failing
or flickering
• Power supply cable damaged
• Possible ground issue check all cables and terminations
Single LED base • Cable from power dist controller to single unit not connected or
element not lit damaged
• Power dist wiring incorrect (use schematic below to confirm)
• Specific base panel LED light element has failed
Display Logo or museum • Cable from power dist module II to LED element damaged or
windows not illuminated disconnected. (Use known good port to test / All port in parallel)
• Power dist module II has failed. (Unlikely as this is a passive unit)
No audio from any unit • Display not powered
• Display requires reset (power off and on)
• No power to Media player
• Audio outputs from media player to speakers not wired correctly
• SD Card not seated correctly
• SD card content failed
(Test with SD card from Altec Lansing display)
• Master volume buttons broken or damaged (constant vol down)
• Media player has failed
No audio from single unit • Display requires reset (power off and on)
• No power getting to single speaker from USB power
• For the Xtreme, its main power supply has failed or is
disconnected
• ** NOTE: Look at reset options below.
•• For the Pulse 4 try and physically removing the power cable to
the actual speaker (or from its source), waiting 20 seconds and
then pugging back in.
Business\Internal

• Audio cable between speaker and media player not connected


or damaged
• Single output of media player failed (test with known good)
• Demo launch button damaged or not connected

Single Button not working • Check connecting into media card position
• Check cables at button for damage (replace button module)

• Test any single suspected button with a known good button

All Button Elements Out • Display not powered

• Display requires reset (power off and on)

• No power to Media player or power dist controller

• No power to power distribution module


Button module launches • Display not wired correctly
wrong demo content (confirm with below display schematic) below.

JBL 4 position Fall 2022 Schematic (Board version 1)

A good way to tell the boards apart is that the version 2 will be slightly larger
and have a orange IC chip on the board.
Business\Internal

JBL 4 position Fall 2022 Schematic (Board version 2)

A good way to tell the boards apart is that the


version 2 will be slightly larger and have a
orange IC chip on the board.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Power splitter for


Flip 5 that
converts the USB
A power and 3.5
MM Analog
outputs to a USB
C input to the
speaker.
Display
Power Supply
12 vdc 5.0 amps
Output

Display Visual – Inside

31
Xtreme 4 Pulse 5 Charge 5 Flip 6
Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply

Display
Power Supply

Base LED
Elements
29 Flip 6
Power Dist Power Dist Media Splitter
1
Module II Control Player 4
5

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside

Illuminated Logo Non Illuminated


6 Backer Graphic

3
Pulse 5
Speaker
Xtreme 4
Speaker Charge 5 17
15 Flip 6
Speaker Speaker
14

7
Illuminated speaker
Volume and base X 4
20 Speaker
buttons X 6
Special Notes:
Power supplies LED indicators may be on the bottom of the power supply. You may have to
remove from Velcro to see LED status.

Below are listed some potential Demo fix steps

DEMO SETUP
Embedded
Brand Product Separated demo SKU in normal SW Version Trigger demo mode in normal SKU Separate demo cable requires
SW
Bluetooth & Play/ pause
V
JBL Flip 6 V S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
This process may take 60
seconds or more
V
JBL Charge 5 V 0520 --> 0610 Play/Pause + Bluetooth S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
Need software V
JBL Pulse 5 V Light show + Bluetooth S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
installation program
Bluetooth & Play
Optional step is to remove
V
JBL Pulse 4 V physical power cable from S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
speaker or source, wait 20
seconds and then power back up.
Bluetooth & Play or
JBL Xtreme 3 V
PLAY PAUSE + POWER FOR
10 Sec
Party
JBL Box V BASS BST + Play for 5+ Seconds All inputs are disabled
OTG

Back To Top
Business\Internal

PARTS: As this display is older parts are very unlikely to actually be


received. Orderable parts list is below.

All Orderable Parts (Not updated since 10-10-22)

JBL - 4' Speaker Display - SD Card 1


JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Complete Display (008-94-0068) 2
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Pulse 3 Speaker (Black) w/ Bracket 3
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Media player w/ SD Card 4
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - LED Controller Board 5
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Backer Graphic (Fall 2019) 6
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Flip 5 Refresh Kit (Nov 2019) 7
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic POP Product Card - Flip 5 8
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic POP Product Card - Xtreme 2 9
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic POP Product Card - Pulse 3 10
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic POP Product Card - Charge 4 11
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Hardware Pack (Fall 2019) 12
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic Pedestal for Flip 5 Speaker 13
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Charge 4 Speaker (Black) w/ Bracket 14
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Xtreme Speaker (Blk) w/ Transformer & Acrylic Pedestal 15
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - USB-C Power Cord 16
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Flip 5 Speaker (Black) w/ Bracket 17
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - 4 Conductor Cord 18
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - AUX Cord 32” 19
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Button with O-Ring and Hex nut 20
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic Pedestal for Charge 4 Speaker 21
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic Pedestal for Pulse 3 Speaker 22
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic POP Product Cards 23
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Acrylic Pedestal for Xtreme 2 Speaker 24
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Deck Graphic (Plain White) 25
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Micro USB Power Cord 26
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Wallwart Charging Power Brick 27
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Y-Splitter for media player & controller board 28
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - LED mini board 29
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Plug Strip 30
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - 5A Transformer 31
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - 12" Power cord 32
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Logo Power Cable 33
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Dual AUX/USB-C Cable - Flip 5 Speaker (Black) 34
JBL - 4' Speaker Display - Trim Graphic (Fall 2019) 35

Back To Top
Business\Internal

JBL 3 Position Express Speaker


DPCI number
008-94-0022

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter(Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers
• T27 Hex Security Bit

Display Functionality Checklist


• Interactive demo launch with buttons for each unit.
• Track advance for each button 4 tracks.
• Same 4 tracks for each speaker.
• Module base lit for each demo speakers.
• Backer graphics and center Logo illuminated

Steps to Opening the Display


To open display to access components.
1) Slide the display toward you and flip up so the bottom is exposed.
2) Use a # 2 Phillips to remove the 6 screws.
3) Lay the removed panel and place the top edge under the main display to
prevent it from falling.

To access upper graphic panel:


1) Remove the upper back side panel.
2) The graphics and LED panel can be accessed from here.

Click here to view how to open video

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


All light elements out • Display not powered


• Splitter cable from main power supply damaged or disconnected.
All light elements dim or • Media player power supply failing
flickering
• Power supply cable damaged
Single module LED • Cable from power distribution module to single unit not
element out connected or damaged
• Single output of power distribution module failed
• Base panel LED light element section failed
No sound from any unit • Player board chip needs replaced. This will need to be ordered
Display making a ”POP” from the vendor.
sound.

No audio from any unit • Display needs reset


• Display not powered
• No power to Media player
• SD Card not seated correctly

• SD card content failed


• Test with SD card from Altec Lansing or UE display
• Master volume buttons broken or damaged
No audio from single unit • Display needs reset
• No power getting to single speaker from its USB power supply.
• Audio cable between speaker and media player not connected
or damaged
• Single output of media player failed
• Button module (demo launch) damaged or not connected
All Button Elements Out • Display needs reset

• Display not powered

• No power to Media player

• Button module(s) cable damaged or disconnected

Special Notes:

Special Notes:
Power supplies LED indicators may be on the bottom of the power supply. You may have to
remove from Velcro to see LED status.

Below are listed some potential Demo fix steps Back To Top
Business\Internal

DEMO SETUP
Embedded
Brand Product Separated demo SKU in normal SW Version Trigger demo mode in normal SKU Separate demo cable requires
SW
V
JBL Flip 6 V Bluetooth & Play/ pause S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
V
JBL Charge 5 V 0520 --> 0610 Play/Pause + Bluetooth S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
Need software V
JBL Pulse 5 V Light show + Bluetooth S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
installation program
Bluetooth & Play
Optional step is to remove
V
JBL Pulse 4 V physical power cable from S/N no: FLIP5DEMOCABLE
speaker or source, wait 20
seconds and then power back up.
Bluetooth & Play or
JBL Xtreme 3 V
PLAY PAUSE + POWER FOR
10 Sec
Party
JBL Box V BASS BST + Play for 5+ Seconds All inputs are disabled
OTG

JBL Portable Speakers Schematic

Charge
Media Board Control Chip
(861_plr_2639s4)
Player

Pulse
SD
Card
Audio Outputs

Flip

Vol (-)
Display LED
Charge Vol (+) Elements

Pulse

Flip

Demo Display Speakers


LED / Media
player
Power
Supply

Speaker Speaker Speaker


Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside

Display Visual - Outside

Illuminated
Backer
Graphics Pulse 5
Flip 6

Charge 5

Interactive
Buttons X 3

Illuminated
Master Volume
Base Graphics
Buttons

PARTS: No parts orderable for this display / Full display also not
orderable

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts (Outdated as of 10-10-22)

JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Refresh Kit (Fall 2022) 1


JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Hardware Pack (Fall 2022) 2
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Pulse 4 - Acrylic POP Product Card 3
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Front Graphic (Fall 2022) 4
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Flip 6 Speaker (Black) w/ Bracket 5
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Flip 6 - Power Demo Cable 6
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Flip 6 - Acrylic POP Product Card 7
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Charge 5 Speaker (Black) w/ Bracket 8
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Charge 5 - Power Cable 9
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Charge 5 - AUX Cable 10
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Charge 5 - Acrylic POP Product Card 11
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Backer Graphic (Fall 2022) 12
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - LED Strip 20" for Backer (Qty 2) 13
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Pulse 4 - Power Demo Cable 14
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Pulse 4 Speaker (Black) w/ Bracket 15
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Power Supply - LED & Media Player 3Amp 16
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Complete Display (008-94-0022) 17
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Button (w/ 20" Cable) 18
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - SD Card 19
JBL - 2' Express Speaker Display - Media Player 20

Back To Top
Business\Internal

LG Brand Statement (2024)


DPCI number standard store
008-94-0995

DPCI number premium store


008-94-0227

DPCI number Low Sales store


008-94-3544

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• #2 Stubby Phillips
• 3/8 nut driver or small adjustable
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers

Display Functionality Checklist

• OLED and LED Soundbar demo button solid in attract mode


• Volume +/- button flashing while in demo mode.,
• Top TV will be setup to play the embedded demo content on the TV. IF not able to play
then the TV should be set to Target Red channel.
• Bottom TV runs imbedded Audio / video demo content in attract mode.
• Bottom TV will play media player provided demo content when buttons are selected as an
alternate source for demo content.
• Display OLED button launches alternate demo loop on bottom TV only. + / - volume will
control TV volume in this demo mode.
• Top LG logo header will be illuminated

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Removing the magnetic graphics from the front panel.


2) Put your fingers into the two holes (pressing outward) release the latch from the
top of the display panel.
3) The panel will lower down to expose the front of the media player and power
strip in the left side bay.
4) To open up the top panel lift up and it will hinge up ~ 45 degrees to expose the
top and back of the media player. **** This may not be possible on most
installations.

Click to watch Video Demo example


Back To Top
Business\Internal

Top TV demo screenshots

Bottom TV demo screenshots (Active demo mode)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


Top TV unit black • Power strip or central outlet for TV units not powered
• Check power to TV
• Be sure TV is set to “Home Mode” and the HDMI cable and input
source match. (TV is designated to play Target RED channel
content)
• TV unit has failed
Bottom TV unit black • Media player needs reset (Reset button inside display on media
player) or cycle power
• Power strip or central outlet for TV units not powered
• Check power to TV
• Be sure TV is running demo content See resetting TV section
below.
• Monitor failed
• TV unit has failed
Bottom TV playing content • TV configuration set to store demo mode that may be overriding
but not responding to demo the ability to play the media player content.
buttons
Button activated demo • Media player needs reset (Reset button inside display on media
content not playing player) or cycle power

• Button modules not connected correctly to media player


(Incorrect order, you’re not actually hitting play, try the other
buttons)
• Button modules failed
• HDMI cable between media player and TV damaged or
disconnected
• HDMI cable connected to incorrect HDMI port (Should be set and
connected to HDMI 1)
• TV set to wrong input (HDMI 1)
• SD card missing from media player
• SD card content damaged or not properly seated
• Media player failed
Bottom TV playing Target • TV(s) connected to HDMI store signal
"Red channel" content
(Top is designated for • Display not set for "default" input source. In most cases this will
“Red “channel) be the HDMI port 1. (Use remote to set input source for TV)
• TV not configured for internal demo mode (see instructions
below)
No sound from sound bar • Media player needs reset (Reset button inside display on media
player) or cycle power
• Soundbar not powered

• Sound bar input not configured for correct input (Use sound bar
specific remote or external buttons to set to (LG TT and HDMI In
options) *** See soundbar setup below
• Sound bar volume set to off or low (Use sound bar specific
remote to make changes, see instructions below)
• Input to sound bar from media player not connected correctly or
damaged
Business\Internal

• Sound bar failed

Sound from sound bar but • (If a powered unit) Subwoofer power not connected
no bass
• Unit not paired (Look for green LED on back of sub)
• Subwoofer failed
• Subwoofer cable damaged or disconnected
Lights on button modules • Display needs reset (Reset button inside display) or cycle power
not illuminated
• Display not powered

• Media player not powered

• Cables from button modules to media player not connected


correctly or damaged
• Button modules not connected correctly to media player
(Incorrect order)
• Button modules failed
Top LG logo not illuminated • Led panel behind logo not getting power

• Led panel behind logo is defective or damaged

NOTE

To setup demo mode on sound bar:

Soundbar setup is listed below after TV configuration information.

For the TV Demo setup configuration see the steps Listed Below

Back To Top
Business\Internal

LG TV Wall Schematic

Top TV Sub
LG 55 LED Power Woofer
DPCI 008-09-8801 Supply Wireless

HDMI Power Power


Power
Bottom TV Supply
Remote
Control
LG 55 4kUHD OLED Sound Bar S Power
DPCI 008-02-0022

Digital Cable
HDMI Power
Power Supply

Soundbar - Power Supply


Sound Bar TV VOL - Vol +

Power
Supply

Power
Supply Toslink to Mini
Power Toslink cable
Audio
Bright Sign XD1033 Output
Media Player
Reset Button
Network
Micro SD

HDMI
Card

The crushblock connector at the back of the media player should be connected as shown on
the next page diagram example

Back To Top
Business\Internal

LG TV Wall Media player crush block connections

The above schematic represents the more common field configuration the Button assembly

GPIO Button
Button Harness
Assembly
configuration
configuration

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside

Access holes for


door release clips

14
8
5
17
15
6
3

Media
Player
Back To Top

Micro SD HDMI Cable


card
2

Toslink
Digital
3
Cable
3

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside (Various store types)

Lit Header
16 Graphics
7
Standard Brand Wall location
LG 55QNED80
DCPI 008-09-7581
Display 008-94-3514

The top TV is designated Brand wall Premium location


to play USB content in All LG 55UT75
DCPI 008-09-0253
Non-2.0 store locations Display 008-94-7019

Low Sales locations


LG 50UT75
DCPI 008-09-6722
Display 008-94-5599

10
Standard Brand Wall location
LG OLED 55B4
DCPI 008-09-2376
Display 008-94-0215

Brand wall Premium location


The bottom OLED TV LG 55QNED80
has no USB Plays Media DCPI 008-09-7581
player SD card content Display 008-94-3514

18 Low Sales locations


LG 55UT75
14 DCPI 008-09-0253
Display 008-94-7019

Bottom TV runs imbedded


Sound Bar S55TR Audio / video demo and is
DPCI 008-02-5354 connected to the display
media player

15
13
9
12

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside (Pomme Store Only)

Pomme location TV Display


LG OLED 55B4
DCPI 008-09-2376
Display 008-94-0215

Pomme Location TV Display


LG 55QNED80
DCPI 008-09-7581
Display 008-94-3514

All Orderable Parts

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Back To Top
Business\Internal

LG TV Wall Tips and Tricks

TV Initial Setup top and bottom TVs (2.0 and E&E)

Pairing the remote if required

1) Hold down the Smart Home ( ) button and BACK ( ) button on the
Magic Remote Control for 5 seconds to initialize the Magic Remote Control.

2) Aim the Magic Remote Control at your Smart TV, and then press the Wheel
(OK) button. A message appears after the Magic Remote Control is registered.

LG TV Initial Setup Continued / top and bottom:


1) Hold the remote close to the TV and press the OK wheel button
on the remote.
2) Select language to English
3) Turn off “Audio Guidance” (Select NO) on next screen
4) Set country as United States
Business\Internal

5) Hold the remote close


to the TV and press the
OK wheel button on the
remote.

6) Select the TV option in


the next window

7) Select “STORE MODE”

8) If required, set
language and local time
zone for TV and then
select “EXIT FIRST
USE”

9) Select YES for exit first


use.
Business\Internal

10) Select “Settings” then “Support”


11) Select Home/ Store mode and select Store Mode
NOTE this is the setup for both top and bottom TV

12) Then select store mode setting and turn Notifications to OFF

Additional DEMO mode configuration below:

NOTE… The TV must be connected to a media source with the


HDMI port # 1 in order for all setting below to be configured.
Business\Internal

HDMI Settings:

Audio Settings:

Top TV Firmware Setup 55 specific information

• Insert USB into TV USB port or extender


• Use remote to change input source to “Ultra USB 3.0”
• From the options select “MEDIA FILES”
• Select the “INK ART” option from the selection
• Be sure and set TV volume to ZERO (0)
Business\Internal

LG Brand statement Soundbar setup (S55TR)

Video Link Here


1) Power on the soundbar.
*When soundbar is powered on, a
white light will appear on the face of
the speaker*

2) Press and hold the function button on the soundbar while pressing and holding
the Music button on the soundbar remote. Do this for 5 seconds.
*Make sure to point the remote at the soundbar when holding both
buttons*

3) When a second light appears on the soundbar, you may release both buttons.
The following lighting pattern will continue to reel. ensuring the product is now in
demo mode.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

LG Stand By Me

DPCI number 008-94-0228

Store DPCI: 008-09-5383

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver

Display Functionality Checklist

• Screen powered on and display functional


• Bracket securing the display to the H bracket installed.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Example pictures of display:


Business\Internal

Error you will get when connected to a


Target “Red Chanel” HDMI port.

To lock screen:
Access Settings:

1. Three finger swipe up from


lower right side of screen

2. Select all settings


Business\Internal

3. General

4. System

5. Additional Settings

6. Touch Lock

Back To Top
Business\Internal

To Set WiFi:

Access Settings:

1. Three finger swipe up from


lower right side of screen

2. Select all settings

3. General

4. Network

5. WiFi Connections

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Logitech PC Gaming Display


DPCI number
207-94-0066

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• Small crescent wrench

Display Functionality Checklist

• LED illuminated on single mouse unit


• LED illuminated on keyboard
• LED illuminated on Headset
• All keys on keyboard present

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Rotate the display 180 so the back is facing you


2) The components are not covered and access to all electronics and brackets can
be accessed.

No video on how to open available.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No LED activity on any • Display not powered (main AC plug not connected)
display element
• USB power cable between display element and power supply
(keyboard or Mouse)
damaged or disconnected

• Display element power supply has failed (test with corsair or


Logitech display)
No LED activity on a • USB power cable between display element and power supply
single display element damaged or disconnected (Test “known good” cable with suspect
USB PS)

• The keyboard may be plugged in to power with the incorrect USB


connector. We want to use the cable with the keyboard symbol on
it to power up the demo unit (See image below)

Replacement keyboard • Updated keyboards are a different model and are required to be
does not light up even placed into a demo / Static mode when on display. See the below
though USB ports are instructions for doing so.
providing power as tested • Keyboard cable is defective
with one of the Mouse
units

NOTES*** Steps to place Replacement keyboard into demo mode

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Logitech PC Gaming Display Schematic

3 port
USB Adapter
Direct to AC power

120
AC

G 515 Keyboard key location


example.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside

USB Power
Cables X 3

8
The Keyboard will have two
USB cables. We need to use
the one with the Keyboard
symbol on it

USB A Adapter 9

12

Display Visual - Outside


Backer
G 733 Graphics
Lightspeed
Headphones 11 7

2
4
G 515 1 G 309
24” of cable to Keyboard Wireless
be left out. Mouse
5
6
10

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

Logitech - PC Gaming Display - G515 Keyboard (Fall 2024) 1


Logitech - PC Gaming Display - G515 Acrylic Keyboard Cover (Fall 2024) 2
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - G515 Keyboard Security Plate (Fall 2024) 3
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - G309 Mouse w/Bracket (Fall 2024) 4
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - Product Card - G309 Mouse (Fall 2024) 5
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - Product Card - G515 Keyboard (Fall 2024) 6
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - Header Graphic (Fall 2024) 7
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - Adapter Plug (3port) Oct 2020 8
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - 120v AC Power Cord 9
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - Product Card - G733 Headset - Oct2020 10
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - G733 Headset Demo Unit Black (Jan 21) 11
Logitech - PC Gaming Display - USB A Power Adapter 12

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Logitech Wheel Gaming Display 2ft


(4 ft just has additional wedges on the right side) 2ft DPCI number
207-94-2317

4ft DPCI number


207-94-0121

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• Small crescent wrench

4 foot Version

Display Functionality Checklist

• The True Force Header should be


illuminated.
• Non audio video playing while in
attract mode.
• Touching the ® lever on the wheel
activates a video / audio demo. 2 foot Version
• The wheel will provide rotation and
vibration movement during the demo.

Steps to Opening the Display Electrical component access

1) Rotate display 180 so


the back is facing you
2) Remove the seven #2
Phillips screws that
hold on the back metal
panel.
3) This will give you
access to the main
power strip / power
supply / and stacked circuit board of the combined medial player video screen

Steps to Opening the Display Access / removal of steering module.

1) Loosen the two level adjuster knobs on the right and left side of the steering
module. // Turn CCW to loosen fully.
Business\Internal

2) Flip the display over to access the bottom panel.


3) Remove the two wing nuts that secure the steering wheel in place.
NOTE** The steering module is one piece and is not to be disassembled.

No video on how to open available.

Common Problems Possible Causes


Video screen blank • Display not powered (main AC plug not connected) or power strip
switch is off.
• USB power cable between display bottom board and power supply
damaged or disconnected

• Screen has failed


No demo triggered when • Reset display (power on and off)
pressing the “R” trigger
• Power cable between power strip power supply and Wheel module
on wheel.
damaged or disconnected.
• No power to Top board / check cable from USB-B to USB-C top
board connections.
• Signal cable between top board USB-B and Wheel module
damaged or disconnected (Be sure and confirm adapter is
connected)

Display powered but no • Ribbon cable between top and bottom boards damaged or
image of video screen disconnected.

NOTES*** The “wheel module” is considered one piece and


should not be disassembled for troubleshooting.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Logitech Wheel PC Gaming Display Schematic

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Outside


Display
Illuminated Screen
1 LOGO

Demo Trigger
Button

Display Visual - Inside

Media Player
Bottom board
Power port
From Top Board

Media Player
Power port

Wheel Module
Signal Cable

Media Player Back To Top


Power supply
Wheel Module
Power supply

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

Logitech 2ft True Force Wheel Display DPCI 207-94-2317 - Complete Display 1
Logitech 4ft Tech Table Wheel Display DPCI 207-94-0121 - Complete Display Kit 2
Logitech 4ft Tech Table - G Wheel Display 3
Logitech 4ft Tech Table - G Header 4
Logitech 4ft Tech Table - Card Riser G29 5
Logitech 4ft Tech Table - Card Riser Driving Force Shifter 6
Logitech 4ft Tech Table - Card Riser G920 7

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Marshall Zound 2FT Speaker display


DPCI number
008-94-0210

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Small crescent wrench

Display Functionality Checklist


• Header logo IS illuminated, The logo is a plate that covers an illuminated panel.
• All three speaker buttons lit only in attract mode
• Small Red Power indication LED should be lit on top of each display unit.
• Pressing demo button for any speaker launches demo content.
• The active demo speaker button blinks and the Vol +/- Play skip light solid
• While running demo mode, active unit button will be lit or flash.
• Track advance >> for each track
• Same tracks play between all speakers.
• Each speaker volume +/- control using the master volume +/- buttons

Steps to Opening the Display

To access the electronics board:


1) Remove magnetic from strip
2) Pull out on magnetically attached
angled door to full lower
3) Slide the entire inner electronics case
fully out to access all components.
To access the demo units
4) Do the steps above while the display is
on its side.
5) Once the lower panel has been pulled
out you can get access to the display
speakers
No how to open video at this time
Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

Willen Speaker not fixed the audio issue with the Marshall Willen
playing content speaker. If you press the power button on the
top of the speaker and the gold button on the
front of the speaker at the same time for 15-20
seconds, the speaker will play audio!

No lights on buttons or • Display not powered


speakers power LEDs • Check main power plug or power strip switch inside display
• Display needs reset… Power down and back up. Or Use reset
button on front of display under magnetic graphics
Interactive button(s) • Display needs reset… Power down and back on
not lit
• Button cable between single interactive button and Media player
connection / disconnected or possibly damaged.
• Button port on media player failed
(Test with known good, functioning port)
• Interactive button itself is damaged or has failed
(test with known good button using same port)
• Media player can be individually powered down, wait 20 seconds
and then power back up.
No sound from any unit • Display not powered
• Check main power plug or power strip switch inside display
• Display needs reset… Power down and back on
• No power to media player / Power supply disconnected or failed
• SD Card not seated correctly or missing from media player
• SD card content failed or has been corrupted
o SEE CONTENT EXAMPLE BELOW.

• Demo launch “PLAY” button damaged or disconnected


• Volume (-) button stuck in “on” condition
• Media player failed


No sound from single unit • Display needs reset… Power down and back on Or, Use reset
(Speakers) button on front of display under magnetic graphics
• No power getting to single speaker (power cable damaged or
disconnected.) Power brick has failed
• Test with known good “COMPATIBLE” power cables / bricks.
• Look for power LED on top of each speaker
• Audio cable between media player and individual speaker damaged
or disconnected or has possibly port damaged
• Test with known good audio cable or external source to confirm bad
cable.
• Demo button for single headphone has failed (Test with known
good / Swap button inputs to test)

• Individual speaker unit has failed (test with external source)


• Single output of media player failed (Test with alternate known
good output)
Business\Internal

Willen not playing content • Check the USB cable on the side of the speaker. This cable due to
or playing intermittently its connection to the bracket can get mispositioned
• If incorrect you will see metal between the cable shank and the
speaker
• To correct, remove the zip tie and reposition the speaker cable until
the speaker works.
• Then manipulate the bracket until a zip tie can be added that does
not pull the cable from the port when tightened.

Marshall Hybrid Speaker Display Schematic

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Outside


14

13 15

4
Acton III 3
Emberton II 2
Willen

16
Display Visual -Inside
19

18
17

Power brick Blue


LED

5
Business\Internal

Marshall Hybrid Speaker Display Tips

significance of LEDs color (blue / green)


is not clear. Seems to be how the unit
may be programmed from the factory

Power in and out


confirmed with green
status LEDs

1
9 7

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - SD Card 2023 1


Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - TGT Marshall 2ft Willen 2
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - TGT Marshall 2ft Emberton II 3
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - TGT Marshall 2ft Acton III 4
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - Volume Button w Cable 5
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - WILEN BRACKET UZOU252.03 6
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - USB C TO 3.5mm CABLE 250.07 7
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - ACTON BRACKET UZOU252.05 8
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - 3.5mm TO 3.5mm CABLE 246.05 9
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - ACTON III 2PC CABLE BRACKET 10
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - USB PLUG UZOU250.12 11
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - ZIP TIES UZOU250.13 12
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - TARGET MARSHALL LOGO BLOCK 13
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - TGT Marshall 2ft Display UZOU252-01 14
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - BACKER GRAPHIC UZOU252.06 15
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - FRONT BUTTON GRAPHIC 252.07 16
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - MARSHALL WILLEN MAGNETIC GRAPHIC 17
252.08
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - MARSHALL EMBERTON MAGNETIC 18
GRAPHIC 09
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - EMBERTON BRACKET UZOU252.04 19
Marshall - Zound 2ft Speaker Display - HT-AUDIO-02 MARSHALL 2' DSP. 20
AUDIOPLAYER

Back To Top
Business\Internal

META Quest Interactive Endcap Display Size Examples


Required Tools DPCI number
• #2 Phillips screwdriver 207-94-0089 (3ft)
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers
• #10 Torx security bit
207-94-0101 (4ft)

• 64” and 84” Tier one displays have the monitor


• The tier 3 displays only have the non-powered wedge.
Below are the examples of the various displays you will find at Target

3 Foot 84” Tall 3 Foot 64” Short

4 Foot 84” Tall 4 Foot 64” Short


Back To Top
Business\Internal

Meta VR Tier One Endcap Display

DPCI number
Self Serve (No Acrylic Cover)
Interactive (Has Cover)

4 foot // 207-94-0101

3 foot // 207-94-0089

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Video only content playing on display
• Interactive button solid white
• Blue “glow” LED on backside of headgear.

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE

Steps to Opening the Display

To remove acrylic case and base deck items


1) Remove #2 Phillips for lower left side of acrylic box
2) Slide entire box and base to the left to remove. (LED cable will still be attached)
3) Remove two wood screws from the back of the base deck.
4) Display base will lift off.

To access TV and electronics


1) Remove to #4 Allen screw to lift up and off cover.
2) Lifting cover up will allow access the TV and internal components.

Click here to see video on how to open display

Click here to see Controller and Headset assembly

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No video demo content • Display not powered (check for main power connection)
• No power getting to monitor
• HDMI cable between media player and monitor damaged or
disconnected
• Media player not powered
• Media player content missing or corrupted
• Monitor defective / failed
• Media player defective / failed
No light on activation • Cable between Touch controller module and motion controller
button damaged or disconnected. (inspect each multicable wire)
• USB cable between media player and motion control button

• Button LED has failed

No LED on headset • Power cable between power strip and headset damaged or
disconnected
• Dongle connecter between power brick and headset disconnected.

• LED on headset has failed

New Monitor replacement • Use the steps below to get it rest to English.
Not in English
Select any language - go to Settings (the wrench) - at the popup,
enter pin code 0000 (Samsung pin). At this point 'English' will show as
an option for you to select.

Once you get English, make sure everything is hooked up, then
reboot the media player (or reboot the entire display) and give it up to
two minutes to play demo content.

I have this being tested at another store next week and will let you
know if it works! Please let us know if you run into this issue and have
success with this!

Back To Top
NOTES***
None at this time
Business\Internal

META VR Tier One Endcap Display Schematic

Side Stack

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside


Power strip… Top panel rotates up
Media player, for display access.
LED bricks, and Media Player
TV

15-16

17-18
Headset and
speaker amp
power bricks

Speaker Amp
SD Card
Behind TV
USB

Display Visual – Outside

Display
Monitor
13-14

11-12
LED
backlight

7-8
3-4

Acrylic case

1-2 5-6 Passive


display
units

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Parts list:

Meta - Quest 4’ Tier 1 - Side Stack 1


Meta - Quest 4’ Tier 1 - Side Stack w/POSA Cards 2
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Basic Media Player 3
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Acrylic Case 4
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Quest 3 Dummy Headset and Post 5
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Quest 3 Post Only 6
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - HDMI Cable 7
Meta - Quest 4’ Tier 1 - Side Stack 8
Meta - Quest 4’ Tier 1 - Side Stack w/POSA Cards 9
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Basic Media Player 10
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Acrylic Case 11
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Quest 3 Dummy Headset and Post 12
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Quest 3 Post Only 13
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - HDMI Cable 14
Meta - Quest 4’ Tier 1 - Side Stack 15
Meta - Quest 4’ Tier 1 - Side Stack w/POSA Cards 16
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Basic Media Player 17
Meta - Quest 4’ T1 - Acrylic Case 18
Meta - Quest 3 Controller (Right & Left), LGP10364 MET51403 QUEST 4’ T1 Only 18

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Meta Self Serve Demo Endcap Display

DPCI number
Self Serve (No Acrylic Cover)
Interactive (Has Cover)

3 foot // 207-94-0089

4 foot // 207-94-0101

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Needle Nose Pliers
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• Video only content playing on display monitor
• Active demo inside headset driven by separate media player
• Blue “glow” LED on backside of headgear.

For issues with failed headset.


SEE Note in troubleshooting about build version.

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE (Future)

Steps to Opening the Display

To remove acrylic case and base deck items


5) Remove #2 Phillips for lower left side of acrylic box
6) Slide entire box and base to the left to remove. (LED cable will still be attached)
7) Remove two wood screws from the back of the base deck.
8) Display base will lift off.

To access TV and electronics


3) Remove to #4 Allen screw to lift up and off cover.
4) Lifting cover up will allow access the TV and internal components.

Click here to see video on how to open display

Click here to see Controller and Headset assembly

Meta Headset power on and setup instructions


Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

NOTE*** NOTE***

See note about Brightsign content must be updated to the Build Version
firmware update shown below before the 3S headset is connected. Failure to do
so can permanently disable the headset.

For Link to
UPDATE VIDEO
click here

No video demo content • Display not powered (check for main power connection)
on monitor
• No power getting to monitor
• HDMI cable between media player and monitor damaged or
disconnected
• Media player not powered
• Media player content missing or corrupted
• Monitor defective / failed
• Media player defective / failed
No video demo content in • Headset not getting power
Headset but monitor • Headset has not been powered or setup confirmed
playing content See steps below
• No power to Small headset Brightsign media player (Blue)
• USB A-C cable between Brightsign and USB hub damaged or
disconnected
• USB Hub cable between Brightsign media player and InVue
security module damaged or disconnected
• InVue recoiler connection to Headset post damaged or
disconnected (Look for power on headset)

No light on activation • Cable between Touch controller module and motion controller
button damaged or disconnected. (inspect each multicable wire)
• USB cable between media player and motion control button

• Button LED has failed

No LED on headset • Power cable between power strip and headset damaged or
disconnected
• Dongle connecter between power brick and headset disconnected.

• LED on headset has failed

New Monitor replacement • Use the steps below to get it rest to English.
Not in English
Select any language - go to Settings (the wrench) - at the popup,
enter pin code 0000 (Samsung pin). At this point 'English' will show as
an option for you to select.

Once you get English, make sure everything is hooked up, then
reboot the media player (or reboot the entire display) and give it up to
two minutes to play demo content.
Business\Internal

I have this being tested at another store next week and will let you
know if it works! Please let
us know if you run into this
issue and have success
with this!

Back To Top
Business\Internal

META VR Self Serve Display Schematic

Update USB as of 10-4-24 Live controller will be stored in


LS424 = Brightsign Player drawer to program headset
Video Attract – Monitor LG&P Update

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside


Power strip… Top panel rotates up
Media player, for display access
LED bricks, and Media Player 12
TV

13

SD Card

Headset and
speaker amp
power bricks
Speaker Amp
Behind TV

10

3
Media player
Side Stack for Headset
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside

Display
Monitor 13

Active
LED Demo
backlight display unit
1

7
5

Dummy
Controller Magnetic
units Graphic
9
Parts list:
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve Demo Headset 1
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve InVue Recoiler 2
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve BrightSign Media Player 3
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve InVue Rubber Bumpers 4
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve Cradle 5
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve Cradle Spacer 6
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve Full Riser Kit 7
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve Side Stack 8
Meta - Quest 3 Controller (Right & Left), LGP10364 MET51403 SELF SERVE Only 9

Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Self-Serve Side Stack w/POSA Cards 10


Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Interactive Endcap Side Stack w/POSA Cards 11
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Basic Media Player 12
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Monitor 13
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Acrylic Case 14
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Quest 3 Dummy Headset and Post 15
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - Quest 3 Post Only 16
Meta - Quest 3’ Tier 1 - HDMI Cable 17
Meta - Quest 3 Controller (Right & Left), LGP10364 MET51403 QUEST 3’ Tier 1 Interactive 18
Endcap Only
Meta - Quest 3 Controller (Right & Left), LGP10364 MET51403 QUEST 4’ T1 Only 19
20

Demo setup information below. Back To Top


Business\Internal

Meta Self Serve Headset demo setup

QUEST 3 INSTALLATION
GUIDE
ACCEPT HEADSET PROMPTS

1) Power on device with supplied


paperclip.

● Look into headset and turn on the headset by


holding down the POWER button on the side of
the device (USE A PAPERCLIP).
Hold down for 3 seconds
● Release power button when you see the blue
meta logo appear in the headset screen

!!! VERY IMPORTANT STEP BELOW !!!


ENSURE BRIGHTSIGN AND INVUE ARE
CONNECTED TO A POWER STRIP
AND HAVE POWER

2) ACCEPT ALWAYS ALLOW

● With the headset on, use the headset pointer


to navigate to ALWAYS ALLOW FROM THIS
COMPUTER

● With the Volume down button, click and


release to select

NOTE: If you pick up the controllers and they


vibrate, you can use your controllers to select
“Always allow from this computer” . If not use
the headset pointer

3) Confirm Self Serve Experience

● Experience should play CENTERED and in


front of you.

4) If Experience is NOT CENTERED

● Place the experience down for 10 seconds


and lift and place on face to confirm.

● If the experience is not centered, please


See troubleshooting section at the
end of section
*if troubleshooting steps do not fix the problem,
the unit will need to be power cycled using the
provided paperclip.
Business\Internal

5) US Welcome Message

● You will see a welcome message


displayed in color passthrough.

NOTE
● Canada English and French will have
addition legal text.

● If you do not see this,


See troubleshooting section at the
end of section

6) Product Feature Information

● A few seconds of product feature


introduction is played.

7) Content Display – Supernatural

● You will see unbranded Supernatural in 360


Degrees

8) 180 DEGREE CONTENTS

You will now see the following contents in 180


degrees in this order:

● Asgard’s Wrath 2
● Ghostbusters
● Among Us VR
● Ghostbusters

CONTENT CONFIRMATION
9) Product Feature Information

● A few seconds of text describing what you


can experience with Quest 3 is shown
Business\Internal

10) Content Display – Ecosphere

● You will see Ecosphere in 180 degrees.

11) Content Wall Display

● Various contents are displayed in squares to


highlight the different apps that you can try on
with Quest 3

12) Ending Message

● Demo is over

13) Final Content Confirmation

● Put device on face


● Confirm you see the welcome image in
Headset

YOU ARE DONE

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Meta Self Serve Troubleshooting steps


Business\Internal

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Multi-Vendor Gaming Headset Display

3 Brand
DPCI number
207-94-4878

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers

4 Brand
DPCI number
207-94-6437

12 Brand 12 Brand
DPCI number DPCI number
207-94-0110 207-94-2409

NOTE: This display can come in a single section or a dual section version. The
graphics and hardware may vary but the function is the same for all. These displays
is identical to the turtle beach display so parts can be swapped for troubleshooting
purposes.
Business\Internal

Display Functionality Checklist


• All headphones in correct locations (Appropriate fact tag) with cables untangled.
• Illuminated back graphics cases on right and left
• Illuminated LED strip under display running length of the display.
• All demo buttons solid lit including Vol +/- while in attract mode.
• For each headphone, when associated demo button pressed you will get a unique
Audio demo for that specific unit. No other units will play audio.
• In demo mode the only the selected button will be lit, all other will be off.
• In demo mode Vol +/- buttons will stay illuminate solid.
• Volume + / - work with a hold function.

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE (Video only) + (All display units)

Steps to Opening the Display

1) The display is secured to the bar hanger with two thumb screws that can be
access on the bottom front side of the display.
2) To access the headphone connection to the dongles you will need to remove
the magnetic plate the runs the length of the display directly below and behind
the headphone placement area.
3) Removing the top magnetic plate from above the display monitor that runs the
length of the display will give you access to the graphics and acrylic covers as
well as the display power supply.
4) This will also give you access to slide up and out on the media player / monitor
module to check cable connections.
5) To access the display electronics, rotate the display around 180 degrees so the
back is facing you.
6) This will give you access to the media player and dongle cables.

These displays is identical to the turtle beach display so parts can be swapped
for troubleshooting purposes.

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from any unit • Display not powered
• Display needs reset (reset button located under display)
• Volume control buttons failed (likely Volume down is stuck on)
• Loaded demo content is corrupt
• Media player display module has failed
No sound from single unit • Headphone unit damaged or has failed (test with direct connect to
media player known good port or external device)
• Cable between nonfunctional Headphone and display
dongle damaged or disconnected (test with direct connect
to media player known good port)
• Cable between Media player and display dongle damaged
or disconnected (test with direct connect to media player
known good port)
• Single output of media player module failed (test with known good)
• Multi cable button connector between button module and media
player is damaged or disconnected or only partially seated.
• Button module has failed
Business\Internal

Unable to adjust volume • Button module for volume up or down has failed
up and or down
• Multi cable button connector for up or down volume is damaged or
disconnected from media player
All led elements not • Display not powered
working • No input power to media player
• DC source output cable between media player and three-way
splitter damaged or disconnected

Single lite element is not • Cable between problem light element and three-way splitter
working damaged or disconnected.
• Single LED element has failed

NOTES***

To order this “entire” display DO NOT Zero out in Zebra. Call the BDS support team to order

Target Multi-brand Headphones 2025 Schematic

SD USB Port cable


Card Only used when a
LYNX monitor is installed

Audio Media Player


850-090071

12 VDC Audio Outputs


Input
4 3 2 1 To front panel USB
port
Combined Cable

Button Module

Rightmost

Left Graphic LED Position 3 L to R

Left Graphic LED Position 2 L to R

Lower case LED Left most

Power
Supply To 120 AC
Reset
Reset button can be access under the display Button

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside


7
Media player / Display Module

10

11

Button
Cable Audio
Outputs

Reset 12vdc 12vdc


Button Input Output to
LED splitter

SD card color SD card color


left side position right side position

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Outside

4 Brand
DPCI number
207-94-6437

Turtle Steel Astro Hyper X


Beach Series A 20 Cloud X
Stealth Nova
700 7P
Gen 3

3 Brand
DPCI number
207-94-4878

Steel Hyper X Hyper X


Series Astro Cloud Nova
Cloud X
Nova A 20 Stinger 2
7P

12 Brand 12 Brand
DPCI number DPCI number
207-94-0110 207-94-2409

Turtle Astro Astro Astro Hyper X Hyper X Steele Steele


Beach A 10 A 20 A 50 Cloud X Cloud Arctis Arctis
Stealth Stinger 2 Nova 1X Nova 7X
700
Gen 3

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

Multi-Brand Gaming - Turtle Beach Stealth 600 GEN 2 MAX RED 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming - Turtle Beach Stealth 600 GEN 2 MAX RED 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - HyperX CloudX 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Steel Arctis Nova 7P 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Astro A20 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Power Supply 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - LED Panel 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hanger 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Distribution Amplifier 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Top Cover 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Towel Bar 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Graphics Kit, 4 Brand 207-94-6437
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Complete Display Kit, 4 Brand 207-94-6437

Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hyper X Cloud X 207-94-4878


Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hyper X Cloud Stinger 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Astro A20 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Steel Arctis Nova 7P 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Power Supply 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - LED Panel 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hanger 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Distribution Amplifier 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Top Cover 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Towel Bar 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Graphics Kit, 3 Brand 207-94-4878
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Complete Display Kit, 3 Brand 207-94-4878

Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Astro A20 207-94-0110


Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Astro A50 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Astro A10 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Power Supply 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - LED Panel 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hanger 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Distribution Amplifier 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Top Cover 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Towel Bar 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand Gaming - Graphics, Section 2 Multi-Vendor Standard 207-94-0110
Multi-Brand - Complete Display Kit, Section 2 Multi-Vendor Standard 207-94-0110

Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Steel Arctis Nova 1X 207-94-2409


Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Steel Arctis Nova 7P 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hyper X Cloud X 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hyper X Cloud Stinger 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Power Supply 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - LED Panel 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Hanger 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Distribution Amplifier 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Top Cover 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Towel Bar 207-94-2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Graphics, Section 3 Multi-Vendor Standard 207-94-
2409
Multi-Brand Gaming Headphones - Complete Display Kit, Section 3 Multi-Vendor
Standard 207-94-2409
Back To Top
Business\Internal

NEX Play Cube Display


DPCI number
207-94-0124
Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• Needle nose Pliers
• Flat head screwdriver

Display Functionality Checklist


• Rolling demo loop playing in attract mode. (No Audio)
• Blue LED illuminated on front of Cube unit
• Interacting with cubs face recognition allows for interactive game experience
with audio for customer.
• Display secured to endcap shelf with wood screws

Steps to Opening the Display

To access rear display monito electronics:


• Rotate display 180 degrees to get access to
open back of display.
• Use caution as the legs do not run the length
of the display and can cause the display to
slip off of the narrow endcap.

To access Play Cube for replacement:


• Set display on edge
• This gives you access to the cable where you
will need to cut cable ties if cables may need
to be replaced as well.
• The cube itself is held in place with a bracket
secured by a single #2 Phillips screw hidden
behind the cube. (See image below)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No video on screen • Display not powered
• Make sure On / Off switch on power strip is ON.

• Make sure display is connected to active AC source


• Look for Illuminated power strip switch to confirm

• Monito has failed / Test with remote inside of display


• No power to NEX Cube unit.
• Look for Blue LED on front of CUBE
• Monitor has failed,
No interaction from NEX • Confirm unit is connected to Target DGE
Cube unit (See information below).
• Cube damaged or disconnected. Reseat all cables and reset
display with a full power cycle.
• Lens on Cube od dirty or obstructed

NOTES***
• None at this time
WiFi setup on NEX Cube unit:

1) Look at the number in the


lower left part of the TV
screen.
2) If this number has a “G” on
the end of it the Cube is
connected to WiFi and is
online.
3) If not follow the below steps
to get it set up.
4) Get the NEX remote from
behind the TV. This remote should already be
paired with the TV
but if not:
(NOTE The remote may need to be charged
for a few minutes to work see the USB C port
on the bottom.)

5) On the remote Press the Back + Home


buttons until the “Pair remote” option shows
on the TV.
** If it fails t o pair / power cycle the display
and try again.
Business\Internal

6) Once paired press the


home button on the
remote.

7) Then move the joystick


up to show the System
Menu.

8) It will likely show “Not


Connected To Internet”

9) To connect select the WiFi


icon.

10) Then look for the DGE


network.

11) Select DGE and then


enter the password
ConnectedDigitalStore

12) After the connection is


verified then select the home button on the
NEX remote.

13) In about 20 seconds the demo loop


should update and launch.

14) You should now see the “G” at the end of


the code in the lower left of the TV screen.

15) Be sure and put the remote behind the


TV when you are done.
Back To Top
Business\Internal

NEX Play Cube Endcap Display Schematic 2025

Power
strip
Power
TV Serial
Switch
Number

Power
Supply

NEX Play
Remote
NEX Play
Cables Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

NEX - Full Display DPCI 207-94-0124 1


NEX - Play Cube 2

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Oura Wearables
DPCI number
057-94-0355
Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• Needle nose PLiers
• Small crescent wrench

Display Functionality Checklist


• Both button solid lit while in attract mode.
• Demo content playing with NO audio
• Selecting a button launched Video & Audo demo loop.
• Active demo loop button flashed while other is not illuminated.
• Pressing button again will end active demo loop.
• All sizing rings magnetically attached and tethered.

Steps to Opening the Display

To access rear display monito


electronics:
• Rotate display 180 degrees to get
access to rear panel.
• Remove the nine #2 Phillps screws.
(Leave the top middle screw for last)
• Set panel out of the way as to not be
a tripping hazard

To access buttons or sizing retractors:


• Slide display out and stand on edge
so the bottom is exposed on your
right side.

No video currently available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No video on screen • Display not powered
• Make sure On / Off switch on the back of display is in the ON
position // Located in the upper right backside of display panel.

• Make sure display is connected to active AC source
• Look for Illuminated buttons to confirm power
• Green LED on power supply can also confirm.
NOTE ** Power supply must be slide to the right of the bracket to
see Green LED

• Check power cable between output side of power switch to the


barrel connecter power input at the bottom of the monitor.
NOTE*** Make sure AC power cable is fully plugged into the power
brick.

• Monitor has failed,


No LED on a one or more • Cable between button and rear connector damaged or
button units disconnected.
• Cable connected to incorrect terminal port on the back of the
display. (See schematic below)
• Button has failed (Swap with other known good button connection
to test)
No as found passive • Display needs reset / Power cycle
rolling demo content
plays on screen • SD card not fully seated in back of display
• SD card content damaged, corrupt, or missing.
Test with known good if available.
No demo launch from one • Cable between button and rear connector damaged or
or more buttons disconnected.
• Cable connected to incorrect terminal port on the back of
the display. (See schematic below)
• Button has failed (Swap with other known good button
connection to test)

NOTES***
• None at this time

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Oura Wearables Endcap Display Schematic 2024

USB
Extender
Speakers

Power
Switch
Button
Speaker
Cables
Cables

11

Power
Supply
Business\Internal

USB
Extender

3 1
7

4 6
5

All Orderable Parts

Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap - Sizing Ring Display Insert 1


Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap - Magnetic Graphics 2
Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap - Monitor 3
Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap - Display Ring Wedge (Left) 4
Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap - Sizing Ring Wedge (Center) 5
Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap - Info Graphic Wedge (Right) 6
Oura 4 Smart Ring Interactive Endcap Complete Display DPCI 057-94-0355 7
8
Back To Top
Business\Internal

Phones Unlocked
DPCI number
Various

Required Tools
• # 2 standard screwdriver
• Dyke cutter pliers
• Standard pliers
• Box cutter
• MTI security tool
• MTI USB key
• MTI programmer

Display Functionality Checklist


• Display is powered on
• Display is running an active demo loop if applicable for model
• Display is physically secure to security post
• Security is powered and fully armed

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Use MTI security tool as required to remove MTI security puck from post.
2) Remove VHB adhesive as required.
3) Remove mounting brackets on phone as required

Installing retail mode and Placing Displays Into


Demo Mode (if applicable)

Nokia G20

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Nokia G20 (Demo Setup)


Model Number: LDU-TGT00039

• Configuring Nokia RDX to run automatically


and be retail
• demo mode locked to prevent device lock out.

• Turn device on by Pressing recessed Power


button on right side of device.

• Swipe Down from Top of the Screen and


Long Press the Wifi icon

• Select "DGE" Wifi Network and Connect after


entering the Password
"ConnectedDigitalStore

• Then exit to the Home Screen by Swiping Up


• from the Bottom of the Screen.

• Swipe Up from Bottom of the Screen to access


App Drawer and Select Settings.

• Press Apps & Notifications

• Press Advanced

• Press Default Apps

• -Press Home App and select Device Demo

• -Swipe up from Bottom of the Screen to exit to Home Screen

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Nokia G20 (Demo Setup Continued)

• Press Google Chrome icon and in the search bar


type > www.hmdhub.com

• Click on the Menu icon in Top Left of the Screen


and Select Instructions

• Select Applock Setup from the options that appear

• Scroll to Bottom of the Screen and Press the


Download Button under the Download Applock
section

• A Message will display saying “This type of file


can harm your device. Do you want to keep?”
• Press OK

• Once the file has downloaded, Press Open >


Install

• A Message will display saying “For our security,


your phone is not allowed to install unknown app
from this source.”

• Press Settings > Turn On "Allow from this source"


Slider > Press the Back Button in the Top Left of
the Screen to proceed

• Once the App has been installed Swipe Up from


Bottom of the Screen to open the App Drawer and
Press on the AppLock icon

• Create a Temporary Security Pattern by Drawing


the Letter “N” Twice then Press "Agree and Start"

• Go to the Protect tab at the Top Right.

• Tap Unlock Settings.

• Choose the Password option and enter the code


1235 (repeat the code).

• Tap the Back Arrow.

• Still under the Protect tab, Tap the General Icon.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Nokia G20 (Demo Setup Continued)

• Tap the Power Saving Mode, clicking Activate, then Tap


AppLock and toggle "Use Applock" Allowing it full control of
the device

• Go to the Privacy tab at the top.

• Tap the Lock next to Settings.

• When the Permissions prompt appears tap Permit and


Select App Lock on the Usage Access screen, Toggling this
On

• Tap the home button to leave the app.

• Try to access the device Settings to ensure a password


overlay appears.

• Return home by swiping up from bottom of the screen.

• Open the App Drawer and Select Settings,

• Entering the "1235" Password if prompted and Turn Off Wifi


from this screen

• select Device Demo app to launch demo loop.

• *During the various steps in the AppLock install you


may encounter an Ad pop up display on the screen.
Simply press the X in the top left of screen to exit Ads.

If for any reason the demo content is not installed,


follow the steps below

Installation instructions
Step 1
- Visit hmdhub.com using the browser on the demo device.
- Download the .APK file for the demo device.
Step 2
- Go to Settings > Storage > Files > Download and install the .APK file
Step 3
- Go to Settings > Apps & notifications > Default apps > Home app and change it to Device
Demo.
Step 4
- Go to Settings > Security > Screen lock and set to NONE.
Step 5
- Go to Settings > Display > Advanced > Screen timeout and set to 1 minute.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Razer PC Display
DPCI number
207-94-0118

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• 3/32 Allan tool
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• Small crescent wrench

Display Functionality Checklist


• LED illuminated on two backer panel strips
• LED illuminated on keyboard
• LED illuminated on Mouse
• Demo “PLAY” button illuminated
• Pressing demo button launches audio demo
through headphones
• Volume +/- buttons illuminated only when
demo is playing
• All keys on keyboard present

Steps to Opening the Display

• To access electronics lift the corners of the magnetic


graphics up to expose
D-Ring screws. Use hands or flat head screwdriver to
remove both screws.
• Remove the access panel by lifting and pulling
backwards towards the front of the
display. Gently move to the side
exposing the electronics.

• To remove the Header graphics


you will need to rotate the display
180 and remove the rear cover
held in place by 10 #2 Phillps
screws.

No video currently available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No LED activity on any • Display not powered / AC source / AC strip switch
display element
• Cable between Ac power source and USB power hub damaged or
(keyboard, Mouse x1)
disconnected.
• All USB cables between USB hub and connected devices,
damaged or disconnected.
• USB hub has failed. (Test to see if it will charge external device)
• Display power supply has failed (test with corsair or Logitech
display)

No LED activity on a • Display needs reset


single display element
• Single element required activation performed.
(keyboard, Mouse x1)
(See Activation process below)
• Cable between problem element and USB connection on USB hub
player damaged or disconnected
• Single output of USB hub has failed. (Test with another known
good output on USB hub port)
• Display element is physically damaged or has failed. (Unlikely)
No sound from • Display needs reset / Power cycle
headphone when demo
is launched, but LED • Cable between the headphones and media player audio output
activity present damaged or disconnected. (Test headphones with external source)
• Cable between button and media player damaged disconnected or
in wrong port (See schematic below)
• Button is physically damaged or has failed
• Micro SD card in media player not fully seated
• SD media card content is corrupt
• Media player has failed (Test with known good headset)
• Headset has completely failed
Sound from one side of • Headphone unit damaged or failed
headphone
• Cable connection to media player port damaged (Move
cable around at headphone side connection and media
player side connection to determine cause. If media
player port test with known good headset)

Led activity with Logo or • Trace the cable from the LED power supply to any
backer elements are splitters or barrel connection to confirm connections are
partially out good.
• Unlikely LED elements will fail

No Backer or LOG LED • Check that LED power supply is getting power
elements are illuminated • Power supply has failed
Backer or Logo LEDs are • Power supply is in the process of failing and will need to
blinking be replaced.
• Confirm that no cables are exposed or damaged causing
a short condition.
NOTES***
• See keyboard and mouse demo mode setup below
Business\Internal

Razer Keyboard and Mouse Activation process


The below steps allow the Razer devices to be activated into display “DEMO” mode.
This must be done for all newly installed units.

1) Unplug the V4 Keyboard cable from


the media player
2) Press and hold the following keys
simultaneously
• Escape Button
• Caps Locks Button
• Space Bar
3) While holding in buttons plug in the V4 Keyboard USB cable into the USB port
of the media player
4) Release all keys

1) Unplug the V3 Mouse cable from the media player


2) Press and hold the following keys simultaneously
• Right Button
• Middle Scroll Wheel Button
• Left Side Button One
• Left Side Button Two
3) While holding in buttons plug in the V3 Mouse USB
cable into the USB port of the media player
4) Release all keys

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Razer PC Gaming Display Schematic 2024

11

10

9 8

15
Business\Internal

Illuminated
LOGO 12 1
Black shark
V2 X
2

5 13 6

Blackwidow V4 X
Keyboard
7
7
14
18 3

4
Demo Basilisk V3
buttons 16
17

19
All Orderable Parts

Razer - PC Gaming Display - Complete Display Oct 2023 (DPCI 207-94-0118) 1


Razer - PC Gaming Display - BlackShark V2 X Gaming Headset - White 2
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Basilisk V3 - Mouse 3
Razer - PC Gaming Display - BlackWidow V4 X - Keyboard 4
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Header Magent Graphic - Left (SETH) 5
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Header Magnet Graphic - Right (ZACH) 6
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Access Panel Magnet 7
Razer - PC Gaming Display - SD Card Oct 2023 8
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Media Player - Grey 9
Razer - PC Gaming Display - USB Power Adapter - White 10
Razer - PC Gaming Display - GE 6 Outlet Power Strip - Black 11
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Razer Snake Logo 12
Razer - PC Gaming Display - (2) Header LED Strips - Green 13
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Acrylic Keyboard Cover 14
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Button Cables 15
Razer - PC Gaming Display - (3) Demo Buttons 16
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Front Magnet Graphic Strip 17
Razer - PC Gaming Display - Metal Headphone Stand 18
Razer - PC Gaming Display - (2) D-Ring Fastener Screws 19

Back To Top
Business\Internal

RODE Display
DPCI number
207-94-0112

Required Tools

• # 2 Phillips
• CR-20 Torx
• 7/32 Allan tool
• 5/32 Allan tool
• Wire snips
• Standard pliers

Display Functionality Checklist


• The Streamer X box is illuminated and has simple interactive LED buttons
• Both microphones are movable but fully secured.
• The lexan cover is in good condition and fully secured.

Steps to Opening the Display

• To access accessory hardware for removal: Remove and screws securing


the display base to the locking case below. NOTE this may only be secured by
the studs and a solid lift directly up can remove the base from its position.
Stand the display up onto its back so the bottom is exposed
• To access to power supply: Remove the four Torx T-20 security bits that hold
the white wedge cover in place.
This will give you access to the power supply
• To remove the Backer graphics: you will need to remove the single thumb
screw from the backside that secures the slide in cover in place.

No video currently available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

No LED activity on the • Display is not connected to 120 AC power // Trace main power
Streamer X module cable and test outlet

• Display power brick located under the white wedge plate is


damaged or disconnected.
Remove plate and ensure both sides of the power cables are fully
seated.
• The cable between the main power brick and the module is
damaged or disconnected.
• Make sure the port t the module is fully seated and that there is
NOT excessive play in the USB C port.
• The module has failed
• The main power brick has failed


Back To Top
Business\Internal

Rode display Schematic 2024

USB C Input

Interactive LED panel

Power Supply
Input 120-240 VAC
Output Variable
Direct to AC Outlet

6
Business\Internal

Podmic + Backer
PSA 1 Arm Graphics 1

NT-USB
Streamer X Wireless Mic
ME
3 5
Display
Base

All Orderable Parts

Description // Code

RODE - FULL DISPLAY DPCI 207-94-0112 1


RODE PODMIC PSA1 DISPLAY 850.225.802 ACC-TGT00002 2
RODE STREAMER X DISPLAY 850.225.803 ACC-TGT00003 3
RODE STREAMER X 4M AC CABLE 850.225.804 ACC-TGT00004 4
RODE USBMINI DISPLAY 850.225.806 ACC-TGT00005 5
RODE power Brick 6

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Hyper X PC Gaming
DPCI number
207-94-0082

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• Small crescent wrench

Display Functionality Checklist


• LED illuminated on both mouse units
• LED illuminated on keyboard
• LED illuminated on microphone
• Headphones have no illumination
• All three demo button illuminated in attract mode
• Pressing demo button launches audio only demo through headphones
• All keys on keyboard present

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Rotate the display 180 so the back is


facing you
2) The four screws hold on the back plate
that can be removed to gain access to
all components

To open see Grommet video below

• Tips and tricks on how to remove and replace a cable


Grommet

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

Power supply issues Please note that the power supplies provided after 4-10-24
seems to have a higher failure rate than normal.

No LED activity on any • Display not powered


display element
• Cable between media board and power supply damaged or
disconnected
*** NOTE Headphone
has no LED activity)
• All USB cables between media board and connected device
disconnected.
• Media board has failed
No LED activity on a • Display needs reset (Power cycle)
single display element
• Single element not fully seated (Reseat)

• Cable between problem element and USB connection on media


player damaged or disconnected
• Single output of media player has failed. (Test with another known
good output on media player)
• All USB ports are for power only and are in parallel connection.
• Display element is physically damaged or has failed. (Unlikely)
No sound from • Display needs reset (Power cycle)
headphone when demo
• Cable between the headphones and media player audio output
is launched, but LED
damaged or disconnected. (Test headphones with external source)
activity present

• Cable between button and media player damaged disconnected or


in wrong port (See schematic below)
• Button module is physically damaged or has failed
• Micro SD card in media player not fully seated
• SD media card content is corrupt
• Media player has failed (Test with known good headset)
Sound from one side of • Headphone unit damaged or failed
headphone
• Cable connection to media player port damaged (Move
cable around at headphone side connection and media
player side connection to determine cause. If media
player port test with known good headset)

NOTES***
• Tips and tricks on how to remove and replace a cable
Grommet

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Hyper X PC Gaming Display Schematic (Version one 2022)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside


Pulse Fire Haste Pulse Fire Haste
Black Wireless White Wireless
1 Cloud Alpha
14
Wireless
9
15

10

Alloy Origins
Keyboard Quad Cast

13 7 Demo
Buttons

Display Visual – Inside


Audio to USB LED
Headphones

Mouse
Cables
6

Grommet X 2

12 11
Buttons

To AC 120
To AC 120

8
Buttons
USB LED
Audio to
Headphones

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

HyperX PC Gaming - Pulsefire Haste 2 Magnetic Graphic 1


HyperX PC Gaming - Mouse - Pulsefire Haste 2 Wireless (White/Black) VHB Tape 3
HyperX PC Gaming - Mouse - Pulsefire Haste 2 Wireless (White/Black) Alcohol Wipe 4
HyperX PC Gaming - Mouse - Pulsefire Haste 2 Wireless (White)-MUST ORDER VHB TAPE & ALCOHOL WIPE 5
HyperX PC Gaming - Quadcast S Mic & Cloud Alpha Headset Grommet 6
HyperX PC Gaming - Microphone - Quadcast S 7
HyperX PC Gaming - SD Card 8
HyperX PC Gaming - Backer Graphic 9
HyperX PC Gaming - Keyboard Acrylic Cover 10
HyperX PC Gaming - Media Player 11
HyperX PC Gaming - Media Power Supply 12
HyperX PC Gaming - Keyboard - Alloy Origins 65 13
HyperX PC Gaming - Mouse - Pulsefire Haste (Black) 14
HyperX PC Gaming - Headphones - Cloud Alpha 15
HyperX PC Gaming - Complete Display (207-94-0082) 16

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Insta 360
DPCI number
056-94-0422

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers

Display Functionality Checklist


• Non-interactive video plays while display is powered on.
• No Audio plays for demo
• Both interactive button lit while in attract mode
• Activate demo by pressing button
• Active button flashes
• LED illuminated on header logo

Steps to Opening the Display / Replace parts


1) Lift the black magnetic graphic at the bottom of the display
and use a screwdriver to remove these five #1 Phillips
screws from the bottom to replace the product. Re-attach
the magnetic graphic after replacing the products.

Steps to update video content with USB stick


1) Make sure the display is turned on. Insert the flash disk
into the USB port and display will automatically upload the
video. Remove the flash disk after video is successfully
uploaded.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No video playing on • Display not powered (look for lit buttons)
display.
• Display needs reset. Push and hold reset button at the back left of
the display. Hold for 5 seconds to reset
• Cable between Monitor (player) and power distribution board.

• All USB cables between media board and connected device


disconnected.
• Power button on back of monitor is off

• Media board has failed


One or more buttons not • Cables between button and monitor inputs damaged or
activating demo content. disconnected.
• Use (Known Good) troubleshooting,
• Test by swapping button leads at button side.
• Monitor access is limited.
• Ensure right and left button cables match schematic color code.

Red / Black / Green (Left Button_


Red / Black / Brown (Right Button)
Logo not illuminated • Cable between power distribution board and logo is damaged or
disconnected.

• Logo LED has failed

NOTES***
None at this time

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Target Insta 360 Block Schematics

Back To Top

Display Visual – Outside


Business\Internal

Illuminated
LOGO
1
In
st
Video Screen a
3
3 6 2 Restart Button
GO 3S
In
5 0 In 4 (3 Second
-X4 Demost 4I hold)
st In unit
a Info
G a n
st
3 Board
o 3 st
USB Port
a
6 3
3 6 a
0 6
Video
S 0 3
D - 6
Buttons
- 0
G -
u G 0
m o -
o G
3 o
m 3 G
S 3
y
Display Visual – Inside
S o
D S
U D 3
u D
ni u S
m u
t m D
m m m u
y m y m
U y U m
ni U ni y
t U
t ni ni
t t

All Orderable Parts

Insta360 - Full Display DPCI 056-94-0422 1


Insta360 - X4 Dummy Unit (No Screw) 2
Insta360 - Go3S Dummy Unit (No Screw)_ 3
Insta360 - X4 Dummy Unit (With Screw) 4
Insta360 - Go3S Dummy Unit (With Screw)_ 5
6

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Samsung Displays

Samsung TV Wall 4' 8' Samsung Mobile Projector

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Samsung TV Wall 4 foot or 8 foot


Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• 5/32 Torx security tool

Display Functionality Checklist


• All screens (2 or 3) run video only demo loop content.
• All units running the same content driven from the 4K media player.
• Content must be different than Target standard "Red" channel content.
• All content driven by single 4K media player with HDMI signal split to each TV.
• Interactive button will launch media player driven demo content along with sound
bar content.
• For an 8’ display, the right-side buttons will trigger rights side sound bar. Left side
buttons will trigger left side sound bar.
• After interactive content has been played, the demo loop reverts back continuous
non audio content
• Samsung header logo illuminated.
• Left and right sound bar input must be set to D IN for source input and be locked in
DEMO mode
• Confirm demo audio content is playing from soundbar and not out of TV’s.

Steps to open the display


1) Removing the front magnetic graphic will allow limited access to display
components.
2) The right-side base panel(s) below the TV's has a cover below it that acts like a
shelf for all of the components.
3) The left side base (pre update) may have an old media player located within,
but this media player is not being used in the current configuration.
4) This cover is connected to the shelf with two screws. These are located on the
front bottom of the shelf.
5) Due to its weight, you will need to place a display box below the bottom shelf to
help support it once the screws have been removed.
6) Once lowered it will allow you access to the display components.
7) Upper TV units are not accessible without a ladder.
8) BDS is to work with the PML to access these displays.
Click here to view video inside browser
Business\Internal

The below images should play on the current (5-01-22) version of the media content
on the Brand Statement Units.

Media generated (Demo displayed in attract mode)

Media generated image in button activated Demo mode

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

4 foot section only Since there is only one soundbar and only the bottom TV is
required to play content we can by pass the distribution amp
If the soundbar is not
(splitter ) for either scenario.
playing audio or the
TV source in not
To do so connect the soundbar directly from the soundbar to the
getting a signal or
“Optical Output” of the Lynx media player
both

For the video signal you can also bypass the distribution amp
(splitter) and connect the TV directly to the HDMI 2.0 output port
of the Lynx media player.
Multiple TV units black or • Media players not powered (Check power strip and power to
all with no signal wall)
• Display Media player needs reset (Reset button inside display) or
NOTE: Some TV’s will be cycle power
playing USB based demo
content. • TV units not powered on
• HDMI cable between Media player and distribution amp
damaged or disconnected
• Media player failed
• Confirm the TV is functional by testing with known good Target
“Red Channel” source.
• Configuration switch on 4K Media player needs to set to 4K
• If this switch is set to RS-232 you will get a “No Source” on all
TV’s
• If the switch is set to 1080P you will get grainy low res demo
content being displayed.
• Media player SD card content missing, not inserted properly, or
corrupt
Single TV unit black • Display needs reset (Reset button inside display) or cycle power
Media player generated
• No power to single unit (Check power to wall)
content
• Confirm the TV is functional by testing with known good Target
“Red Channel” source.
• HDMI cable between distribution amp and TV damaged or
disconnected
• HDMI connected to incorrect HDMI port (Should be HDMI 1)
• TV programmed to wrong input (should be HDMI 1)
• TV configuration set to store demo mode rather than Home mode
• Monitor failed
Single TV unit black • No power to single unit (Check power to wall)
USB Stick generated
content • Confirm the TV is functional by testing with known good Target
“Red Channel” source.
• HDMI Cable should be disconnected from external source
(Target wall or media player)
• TV configuration set to store demo mode that may be overriding
the ability to play the USB content.
• USB not programmed to play or continuously loop in demo mode

Button activated demo • Display needs reset (Reset button inside display) or cycle power
Business\Internal

content not playing • Button modules not connected correctly to media player
(Incorrect order)
• Button modules failed
• SD card missing from media player
• SD card content damaged or not properly seated
• Media player failed

One or more TV units • TV connected to HDMI (Network) store signal
playing Target "Red
channel" content
• Display not set for "default" input source. In most cases this will
be the HDMI port 1. (Use remote to set input source for TV) (See
Pairing Remote Below)
• TV not configured for Home Mode (see instructions below)
No sound from sound bar • Display needs reset (Reset button inside display) or cycle power
• Display not powered
• Sound bar not powered
• Sound bar input not configured for correct input (Use sound bar
specific remote to set to D IN)
• Sound bar not configured for “shop 4” mode (see instructions
below)
• Sound bar volume set to off or low (Use sound bar specific
remote to make changes, see instructions below)
• Input to sound bar from media player not connected correctly or
damaged
• Switch on splitter amp not set to “Optical” for normal operation.
• Sound bar failed
Sound from sound bar but • (If a powered unit) Subwoofer power not connected
no bass
• Subwoofer failed

• NOTE….. Subwoofer is Bluetooth connected


Lights on button modules • Display needs reset (Reset button inside display) or cycle power
not illuminated
• Display not powered

• Media player not powered

• Cables from button modules to media player not connected


correctly or damaged
• Button modules not connected correctly to media player
(Incorrect order)
• Button modules failed (be sure when ordering button
components you are ordering part number (850-029196) This is
the modern version of the button for the (850-019612) media
player
Top Samsung logo not • Led panel behind logo not getting power
illuminated
• Led panel behind logo is defective or damaged
Business\Internal

Samsung TV Wall 8' Schematic – 8’ Right Side

TV 1

Right Soundbar TV 2
TV 3
Left Soundbar
(or 4-foot version) Spare

1 2 3 4

HDMI Input
Lynx
850-027589 Back To Top
4K Distribution Amp
Switch in
“Optical”
position Power
Comm Indicator
Optical Port LEDs Config Switch Supply
In
Set to
4K

Power Option
Plug or source from
media player
Power
Supply
Reset
Cat5
Switchover
Button
cable

DC DC Comm Audio Out HDMI Optical LAN


Mic In

Out
Reset

OTG

In Out Port 2.0


USB

SD
Card Lynx
850-019612
L L
4K Media Player R R
Vol Vol Vol Vol
L R
Down Up Down Up
Play 1 2 Play

Vol Up button right


Vol Up button Left

Vol Down button Left Vol Down button right

Demo launch button Left Demo launch button right


Business\Internal

Samsung TV Wall 4' Schematic


Spare
Bottom TV
Spare

Spare

1 2 3 4

HDMI Input
Lynx
850-019611
4K Distribution Amp
Config Switch
Set to
Switch in 4K Power
“Optical” Indicator
LEDs Supply
position
Power

Power Option
Plug or source from
media player

Power
Supply
Reset Button

To Soundbar

DC DC Comm Audio Out HDMI Optical LAN


Mic In
USB

Out
Reset

OTG

In Out Port 2.0

SD To bypass the distribution amp, connect


Card Lynx soundbar directly to this media player
850-019612 optical output port
L L 4K Media Player R R
Vol Vol Vol Vol
L R
Down Up Down Up
Play 1 2 Play

Vol Up button Left


To bypass the distribution amp, connect
Vol Down button Left HDMI from TV direct to this port
Demo launch button Left

NOTE ***
Since there is only one soundbar and only the bottom TV is required to play
content we can by pass the distribution amp (splitter ) for either scenario.

To do so connect the soundbar directly from the soundbar to the “Optical Output”
of the Lynx media player

For the video signal you can also bypass the distribution amp (splitter) and connect
the TV directly to the HDMI 2.0 output port of the Lynx media player.
Back To Top
Business\Internal

8 Foot media player and distribution amp:

Optical Switch:
This switch should be placed into the “OPTICAL” setting for normal function.

Config Switch:
This switch should be placed into the 4K setting for normal function.

*** The store demo will always default back to running if 4K is selected on the media
player

If the “Config switch” above is set to RS-232 you will get a “No Signal” on all units
connected.

If the “Config switch” above is set to 1080p you will get a low quality display during
demo mode play.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside (4' Display / Right of 8' Display)


Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside 8 Foot


Lit Header Graphics

TV Display 55”
TV Display 50” 55" CU8000 DPCI 008-09-6640
50" CU8000 DPCI 008-09-6706 Or
55" QLED Q60C 008-09-3729

Demo
Mode
Content

TV Display
65” CU7000 DPCI 008-09-0050
Or
75" CU7000 DPCI 008-09-6096 Media
Player
Content

Sound Bar / No sub


S50B Sound Bar + Sub
DPCI 008-02-0004 B73MD
DPCI 008-02-0006
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside 4 Foot

TV Display 55”
CU8000 DPCI 008-09-6640
Demo
Mode
Content

Demo
Mode
Content
TV Display 55”
CU7000 DPCI 008-09-0066

Sound Bar / No sub


S50B
DPCI 008-02-0004

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Samsung Pairing your smart remote:


• Make sure the TV is turned on.
• Place smart remote 2” away from center bottom of TV.
• Press and hold the play / Pause buttons and the Return button at the same
time.
• The TV will prompt a message that it is pairing with your remote.
• The TV will then message if it has been successfully paired.

To unpair the remote,


• Remove the batteries
• Press the power button for 8 seconds.
• This process will reset the remote and it will be unpaired when you put the
batteries back in.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Samsung Display Tips and Trick

For HDMI port use, ONLY HDMI port # 1 is to be used.

Bottom TV setup TV’s must be setup for Input signal Plus:

Using Remote: Set volume to 35 // Left then down to select “MENU”


// All Settings // Connection // External Device Manager // Press
down and select “Input Signal Plus” for HDMI 1.

Bottom TV setup TV’s must be setup for “Retail” configuration:

Using Remote: Home // Settings // General // System Manager // Usage Mode = PIN
= “0000” // Select the “Retail Mode” option.

Disable E-POP and Turn Off Embedded Demo

Using Remote: Home // Hover over “ALL Settings” (Do Not Select) // Press
RIGHT and stop at “Picture Mode” // Press select and choose “Retail – Bright” //
Select // Press right unbtil you reach the Retail Mode icon and select. // Select E-
POP “OFF” option // Select the DEMO “OFF” Option // Press HOME to finish

Sound Bar demo mode setup (All TV Wall Soundbars)


To deactivate SHOP mode: (Remote Required)
• Power off unit
• Press / Hold Volume (-) button for 10 seconds
• Hold until SHOP OFF appears in display
• Power on unit
• Shop mode is now deactivated

To activate SHOP mode: (Remote Required)


**** Before activating SHOP mode, set all desired setting
• Set soundbar source to DIN for Digital In.
• Set Volume (set to between 80-85)
• Set Woofer volume to +6 (Use Woofer Up button)
• Set “Sound mode to Surround sound (SUR on soundbar display)
• Press the setting button on soundbar remote until the display
reads “SYNC”
• Then press “UP” until you see a value of 100
Business\Internal

To Enter Shop Mode


1) Power off unit
2) Press / Hold Volume (-) button for 5
seconds
3) Once the SHOP mode appears in display
press the Directional pad “> >”
4) key to get the display to SHOP 6
5) SHOP 6 DISPLAY MODE will appear
scrolling in the display
6) Press / Hold Volume (+) button for 12
seconds (Shop mode will say ”ON”)
7) SHOP mode is now activated and will scroll across the screen
8) You can now power the display back on

**** NOTE: You can confirm the unit is in DEMO mode as you will not be able to
manually change the input setup.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

SHOKZ (Open Run 2ft) & (Open Fit Air)


Open Run 2ft DPCI
008-94-3531
Open Run
Pro 2 Open Fit 2ft DPCI
008-94-0235

Required Tools

• # 2 standard screwdriver
• # 2 standard screwdriver
• Standard pliers
• Side cut pliers

Open Fit Air

Display Functionality Checklist

• All three PLAY buttons slow pulse while in attract mode.


• Pressing play button launches appropriate demo content for that specific unit.
• While running demo mode, All PLAY buttons solid, and NEXT / Vol +/- illuminated.
• NEXT track skip for each button 3 tracks.

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE (Future)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Steps to Opening the Display

To open top section of each HP display

1. Press down the right corner of the selling point


card and take out it.

2. Pull out the spring latch and take out the old
panel.

3. When reinstalling the top panels you will insert


the back lip first.

To replace backer graphics only

4. Remove the right lip of the background and pull


out
5. the graphic.

6. Replace with a new graphic and close the lip.

To open bottom section of display

1) Feed enough slack power cable to move display.


2) Facing display, rotate CCW to expose and access
bottom panels.
3) Removing bottom center (large) panel) will give
you access to spring clips holding the topside access plates in place. Pull back
on these latches to pop open and remove the top component covers.
4) This center cover also provides access to the button cables
5) Smaller bottom panel gives you access to the display main power supply.
6) To access the backer graphics LED panel you will need to remove the 8 Phillips
screws from the upper back panel. 4 long on top / 4 short on bottom
7) To access or replace the bottom edge underlighting, the entire lower panel (The
one that holds the other covers in place) must be removed.
Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from any device • Display not powered
• Display needs hard reset (power off / on)
• Unplug or disconnect power supply (bottom panel)
• Through cable or three way splitter cable damaged or
disconnected.
• All three cables from media players to power supply not
connected or possibly damaged

• All three Ribbon cables from media players to green distribution


board not connected or possibly damaged

• Power supply has failed (No LED on PS)

• Green distribution board has failed or is damaged.


• (Look for burn spots)

No sound from single • Display needs hard reset (power off / on)
device • Unplug or disconnect power supply (bottom panel)
• No power from splitter cable to single media player
• Single ribbon cables from media player to green
distribution board not connected or possibly damaged
• USB-C cable from media player to demo device not connected
or damaged.
• SD card in media player not fully seated, damaged, or corrupt.
(Test with one of the other “known good” SD cards)
• Single device damaged or has failed (Test with other known
good headphone device)
• Play / pause button disconnected , damaged, or misfired. Look
for LED on button to confirm connection. Test with known good
button by reordering wiring on green distribution board.
Any "PLAY" ring button light • TF card is not inserted properly
flashes quickly
• Unplug the TF card and plug it in again to make sure the
connection is tight
• SD card in media player not fully seated, damaged, or corrupt.
(Test with one of the other “known good” SD cards)

Any "PLAY" ring button light • The headphones are not plugged in properly
does not light up
• Unplug the headphone Type-C plug and plug it in again to
confirm that the connection is tight

• Single device damaged or has failed (Test with other known


good headphone device)
Backer panel LED not • Through cable on backside lower left damaged or disconnected.
illuminated • Cable between right side media player output not connected
damaged or disconnected.
• Media player LED power output port failed. Test with the other
port or another media player output port. Media players can be
swapped if just this portion has failed.
• No power to right side media player from splitter.
• LED element has failed (Unlikely) Look for burnt spot or
damaged cables.
Business\Internal

Underside LED not • Cable between right side media player output not connected
illuminated damaged or disconnected.
• Media player LED power output port failed. Test with the other
port or another media player output port. Media players can be
swapped if just this portion has failed.
• Media player LED power output port failed. Test with the other
port or another media player output port. Media players can be
swapped if just this portion has failed.
• No power to right side media player from splitter.
• LED element ha failed (Unlikely) Look for burnt spot or damaged
cables.

SHOKZ 2ft display schematic (wiring the same for either display)
Open Run Pro II
Or
Open Fit Air Headset

Back To Top

Back To Top

Display Visual - Inside and Outside


Business\Internal

1 5 Other than graphics and left side


device the information is the same
between the two displays.

7 8
2 6 3 4

Interactive
Buttons

Green distribution
board

Individual Media
players
Main
Power
supply

Ribbon Micro Back panel and


Power lower LED power
Cable SD Card cables
Cable
splitter

Panel
Latch
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

SHOKZ - Open Fit Air - Full Display DPCI 008-94-0235 1


SHOKZ - Open Fit Air - Open Fit Headset 2
SHOKZ - Open Fit Air - Open Run Headset 3
SHOKZ - Open Fit Air - Open Run Mini Headset 4
SHOKZ - Open Run Pro - Full Display DPCI 008-94-3531 5
SHOKZ - Open Run Pro - Open Run Pro 2 Headset 6
SHOKZ - Open Run Pro - Open Run Headset 7
SHOKZ - Open Run Pro - Open Run Mini Headset 8

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Skylight Frame / Skylight Calendar


Skylight Frame DPCI
056-94-0420

Skylight Calendar DPCI


056-94-2917

Required Tools

• # 2 standard screwdriver
• # 2 standard screwdriver
Skylight • Standard pliers
• Side cut pliers
Frame

Skylight
Calendar

Display Functionality Checklist


• The display will be playing a themed demo based on the type of display it is
Frame: Will play picture presentation related content (see example images below)
Calendar: Playing organization and date related content (See example below)

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE (Future)

Steps to Opening the Display

Display is secured to the flex shelf with a two stud bracket.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


Demo frozen not playing
content but screen is on. Power Cycle (unplug from power plug back in after a few seconds)–
if still not working – Reset the Device

Incorrect demo content • Reset the device (See instructions below)


playing (see examples
below)
Black Screen • Confirm display is plugged not active 120 VAC outlet

• Power cycle display from AC power

• Possible failed power supply (test if possible)


• There was a manufacturing issue with a number of displays
** NOTE where the rear screws that hold the bracket on were to long.
• To test you can power display off (Remove from power) then
remove the four screws on the back of the display.
Power display back on and see if it tries to power.
• If not this is likely he issue.
• If this resolves the power issue then slowly reinstall the screws
into the bottom holes of the bracket only.

Only a single screw should be causing this isse.

Screen is stuck on • Call BDS support to get a new activation code and enter the
“activation” screen store specific code.

New Code Not Recognized • Power cycle the display and enter the activation code 2-3 more
error. times. If still fails then / Call BDS support to get a new activation
code and enter the store specific code.

Steps to reset CALENDAR demo:


1) Hold “Vol –” button for 10 seconds
2) Tap “RECOVERY” at the bottom right (not in the grid)
3) Tap “Yes” on the pop up
4) Will go to a black screen and reset
Steps to reset FRAME demo:
1) Hold “Vol – “ button for 10 seconds
2) Tap “Recovery” at the bottom right corner (not in the grid)
3) Tap “Recover System”
4) Tap “Factory Reset”
5) Will go to black screen and reset.
Business\Internal

Steps to setup a new display are listed below.

Set-up a Skylight Calendar or Frame:


1) Connect to DGE or any available Wi-Fi
2) This step will happen during powerup if
the unit is not already connected to Wi-Fi.
3) You will be prompted with a setup screen.

4) USE the DGE connection and login with


the standard Target Password
ConnectedDigitalStore

5) Call BDS support to acquire a new store


specific activation code.
6) Enter provided code at activation screen.
Display will then go “Black Screen”. It will then
reboot into demo mode. This can take some
time based on the Wi-Fi strength.

NOTE*** Activation codes can only


be used for activation one time. If a
display reset is required a new activation
code must be obtained.
NOTE*** If the Wi-Fi not connected
symbol is in the top right corner you can
click on it to connect to Wi-Fi. but you will
only get that if you connected to Wi-Fi
and didn't activate.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Demo examples for both versions of the display

Calendar screen examples Frame screen examples

Skylight display schematic (wiring the same for either display)


Business\Internal

Display Visual - Inside and Outside

5
Power
Cable

Flex shelf
bracket

All Orderable Parts

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Samsung Freestyle Projector


DPCI number
080-94-0195

Required Tools
• Phillips head screwdriver #2 & #0

Display Functionality Checklist

• In attract mode, Live non audio demo content playing onto projected screen.
• While in attract mode, the three demo button light up in order from left to right.
• Selecting a demo button plays Audio / video demo content. The selected button
will stay lit while the content plays.
• Selecting another button interrupts the current demo to play the selected content.

DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE AVAILABLE

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Remove the steel cable tether that secures the display to the shelf.
2) Keeping an eye on the short power cable, slide the display toward the front of
the shelf.
3) Tilt the display so you have access to the underside of the display.
4) Remove the two wing nuts securing the cover at the bottom of the display.
5) This will give you access to remove the projector module. This module is one
piece.
6) The projector can be removed from its stand with a
7) The module is also glued down to the base deck so you will need to use a
wedge tool to remove after the underside bolts are loosened.
8)

How to open video available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

*** NOTE this display has no parts only the entire display can be ordered. So please
troubleshoot and fix using what components you have.

Common Problems Possible Causes


No video displayed onto • Display not powered look for LED activity around three buttons to
screen confirm power is present.
• Display needs reset (Power down then back up / 60 seconds to
fully reset)
• Power cable damaged or not fully seated into USB C power supply

Display powered but is not • This is likely due to the volume being set to high. The volume
showing projections or will should be no higher than 14. Use the remote located under the
shut down shortly after display in the cover tray to adjust.
starting to play Demo
content. A power cycle is
required to get the display
back up. See steps listed below.
**Important Last Step
Once updates have been made, cold boot the projector by unplugging the
AC power from the wall, wait 10 seconds and plug back in.

Display shows a No USB • The USB may be missing or unseated. If present and fully seated //
notice box on the projector Power down display, reseat and test
screen. (See example
image below)

• If the USB is seated and you have tested both ports. The USB may
be corrupt. Please attempt to format the USB and download new
content to it from this link.

Samsung Freestyle Projector USB content


One or more buttons not • Display not powered
activating demo content.
• Crush block connector from media player to buttons damaged, or
disconnected
• Media player not powered (look for red power LED)
• Media player failure

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display configuration settings (use remote to adjust)


Step 1
Ensure the volume setting is set to 15 or below
● Use the remote to scroll down on the volume.
● Set at 15 if not already set

Step 2
● Hold down the back arrow button for 15-20
seconds.
● go to "menu"
● "settings" (drop down)
● Scroll to the far right
● Select "retail mode"
● Select "Tools" where you will ensure "Demo"
and "Retail Reset" are set to "Off"

Step 3
● go to "menu"
● Select “Connected Devices”
● Select “Smart Things”
● Select “settings” in the upper right hand corner
● From the menu on the
left select the third option
● Ensure the “Do no receive new device notifications” is checked
Business\Internal

Samsung Freestyle Projector schematic

Dip Switch
ON
Mini USB stick connects under
module
It can go in the port closest to
the dipswitch

1 2 3 4

USB C Power Supply 120 AC

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Outside

Projector unit

Button
Base Deck Module

Display Visual – Inside

Module Dip
switch

Power cable to
USB C PS
USB stick

All orderable Parts

No Parts list for this display. If defective Zero out and order entire display through X
BDS support

Samsung Freestyle Projector - Complete Display (008-94-0195) 1

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Sony 4 foot headphones


DPCI number
008-94-0122

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• 6” Crescent wrench
• Wire cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers
• Stubby Phillips screwdriver
• 11/32 socket or nut driver

Display Functionality Checklist


• Interactive audio demo launch with play button.
• Play / Pause for each track (4 separate tracks)
• + / - Volume control buttons (hold not tap to activate)
• All buttons lit solid in attract mode
• Play / Pause button flashing and volume buttons solid while in demo mode
• Illuminated graphics strip on front of display base
• Both cases on left side of display have an illuminated base
• SONY logo header graphics should be illuminated as well

Steps to Opening the Display

To open display to access components.


1) Hold onto the far-left headphone post, and the base of the far right case.
2) Lift up and then out to open the components compartment (same as a flex shelf
opens)
3) Access to case and headphone mounts are on the underside of the base shelf
once it has been opened.

To remove the header:


1) Loosen the 11/32 nuts (Save)
2) You will need to address / remove the existing LED cable from the inside of the
display to allow the header to be fully removed / replaced.
3) You can follow the steps below under (*** Special Notes) to replace the LED on
the replacement header.

Click here to watch how to open video

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from single Display needs reset (power strip inside of display)
headphone unit
• USB cable or power supply between 120 AC power strip
and media player damaged or disconnected
• Cable between headphone units and media player or
USB pawer supply damaged or disconnected
• Audio output of media player board failed (test with
external source) (test with media player port 1 as an
option)
• Headphone unit has failed

No sound from any • Display not powered


headphone unit
• Display needs reset (power strip inside of display)
• No power to Media player board
• Demo launch button damaged / disconnected
• Master volume (-) button stuck on.
• Corrupt USB based media content (Reload USB)
• Media player board has failed
Single LED element not • LED element cable between LED and power distribution
illuminated board damaged or disconnected
• Single output port of power distribution board has failed
(Test with known good LED element)

• LED element on display has failed

Header LED element • LED element cable between LED and power distribution
has failed board damaged or disconnected
• Single output port of power distribution board has failed
(Test with known good LED element)
• See replacement instructions below under “”” Special NOTES

All LED elements not • Display is not powered


illuminated
• No power getting to 12 vdc power brick
• Cable between power distribution board and AC
connected power brick damaged or disconnected
• 12 VDC Power brick has failed
• All LED elements on display have failed (unlikely)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Sony 4ft headphone display Schematic

Special Notes:

To replace LED strip that illuminates the Sony


header:
1. Lift up the display deck to access electronics
within. It will swing up and out.
2. Unplug the LED cable from the power
distribution board,
3. Cut the zip tie bundling the cable to the display.
4. Pull through to back of display.
5. Close display deck for safety. Shift display to
access rear side of Header.
6. Unscrew back plate using a Philips head
screwdriver or drill where possible.
*Take care to brace back plate as once the screws are removed the back plate is
loose. *
7. Remove LEDs by peeling away from header.
8. Line up new LED with the diffusion plate. Start with strip labeled #1 as it will make
aligning #2 easier.
9. Fish cable as seen in right-most image and push through to front of the display.
10. Add zip ties in same locations that they were previously removed from.
Business\Internal

11. Reattach header. Shift display back to it’s intended location. Lift the display deck
to connect new LED cable.
12. Plug the LED cable into the power distribution board.
13. Add zip tie to bundle the cable to the display. Power on to test, then close up
display.

LED strip section # 1

Rear view of the display


header section LED strip section # 1

18

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Headphone display example / defined

CH720/N ULT 900N

1000 XM5
1000 XM4
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside

30 Dist board
20 Media PS
3 19
Player PS
Headphone
33 Power Supplies
29
35

34 31

22

Media
LED Dist board
Player
30

30

22 Display Visual – Outside


Illuminated
Logo
12 10
21
1000 XM4 CH720/N

14
4
8

11

1000 XM5
6 7 16
Demo launch 0 9
buttons Illuminated
24 ULT 900N graphics
17

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All orderable parts 2-2-24

Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED ShowCase (WF-L900H & WF-C700N) 1


Sony 4' Headphone Display - Refresh Kit (June 2022) 2
Sony 4' Headphone Display - USB Power Cube 5V/1.5A (WH-CH720N) 3
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Headphone Post (WH-1000XM5) 4
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Refresh Kit (Fall 2023) 5
Sony 4' Headphone Display - WH-1000XM5 Live Demo Unit 6
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Front Fascia Graphic (Magnetic) Fall 2023 7
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED ShowCase (WF1000XM5/B+S) 8
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Light River Graphic (Fall 2023) 9
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Back Riser Magnetic Graphic (Fall 2023) 10
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Headphone Post (2-Sided) WH-XB900/WH-CH720 11
Sony 4' Headphone Display - WH-CH720N Live Demo Unit 12
Sony 4' Headphone Display - REFRESH KIT MAY 2023 13
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Headphone Post (WH-1000XM4) 14
Sony 4' Headphone Display - USB Dongle 36" USB/Micro USB 15
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Light River 16
Sony 4' Headphone Display - WH-XB900N Live Demo Unit 17
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Connector Block (12V) 18
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Power Supply (12V/6A) 19
Sony 4' Headphone Display - USB Power Cube 5V/1.5A (WH-XB910N) 20
Sony 4' Headphone Display - WH-1000XM4 Live Demo Unit 21
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Media Player Label (HBT10) 22
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Complete Display (008-94-0122) 23
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Button (Metal w/ White Illumination) Qty 1 24
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Post-3 25
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Post-2 26
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Post-1 27
Sony 4' Headphone Display - LED Sony Logo 28
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Power Strip (6-Position) 29
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Media Player (HBT10) 30
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Button Cable RJ9 JS 59" (Qty 1) 31
Sony 4' Headphone Display - USB Power Cable USB-A/Micro 39" (HBT10 Media 32
Player)
Sony 4' Headphone Display - USB Power Cube 5V/1.5A (HBT10 Media Player) 33
Sony 4' Headphone Display - Power Extension Cable 34
Sony 4' Headphone Display - USB Power Cube 5V/1.5A (WH-1000XM4) 35

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Sony Wireless Speaker Display 2ft


DPCI number
008-94-0234

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• 6” Crescent wrench
• Wire cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers
• Stubby Phillips screwdriver
• 11/32 socket or nut driver

Display Functionality Checklist


• Interactive audio demo launch with play button.
• Play / Pause for each track (4 separate tracks)
• + / - Volume control buttons (hold not tap to activate)
• All buttons lit solid in attract mode
• Play / Pause button flashing and volume buttons solid while in demo mode
• Illuminated graphics strip on front of display base
• Both cases on left side of display have an illuminated base
• SONY logo header graphics should be illuminated as well

Steps to Opening the Display

To open display to access components.


4) Hold onto the far-left headphone post, and the base of the far right case.

To remove the header:


4) Loosen the 11/32 nuts (Save)

Click here to watch how to open video (Future)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


No sound from any • Display needs reset (power strip inside of display)
speakers • Also check for switch on power strip to be ON
• Power connection between 120 AC power strip and
media player damaged or disconnected
Look for Green LED power light on media player
• Demo STOP or Volume Down button stuck or damaged
in a way to prevent actuation
• Corrupt USB based media content (Reload USB)
• Corrupt or unseated SD card
• Media player board has failed
• Cable between headphone units and media player or
USB pawer supply damaged or disconnected
• Audio output of media player board failed (test with
external source) (test with media player port 1 as an
option)
• Headphone unit has failed

No sound from single • Display needs reset (power strip inside of display)
speaker unit
• No power getting to speakers.
SRS-XG300B
• Look for power LED on speakers
&
• Check USB connection between speaker and media
SRS- XE300B
player. These get power from USB connection.
• Speaker connected to wrong output port
• Doublecheck schematics below.
• Single Demo launch button damaged / disconnected
• Test with known good
• Master volume (-) button stuck on.
• Test with known good
• Single media player port has failed
• Test speaker with known good output port on media
player

No sound from single • Display needs reset (power strip inside of display)
speaker unit
SRS-ULT 10B • No power getting to speakers.
& o Look for power LED on speakers
SRS- XB 100B o Check USB connection between speaker and power
strip connected power supply
• Speaker connected to wrong output port
• Doublecheck schematics below.
• Remember that you can swap outputs with the other
speaker to test with a known good demo unit.
• Single Demo launch button damaged / disconnected
• Test with known good
• Master volume (-) button stuck on.
• Test with known good
Business\Internal

• Single media player board has failed


• Test speaker with known good output
Button not lit • Confirm connection into correct input port
• Doublecheck schematics below
• Test with known good button port
Button not functioning or • Confirm connection into correct input port
triggering wrong • Doublecheck schematics below
response • Test with known good button port

Notes for demo mode setup and speaker reset.

XB100B
Press and hold Vol + & Bluetooth & Play / Pause at the same time for about 8
seconds

ULT70B
Press Vol + (5 times) then ULT (5 times) then Vol – (5 times) This will cause power
to stay on but Bluetooth to remain off.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Sony 2ft Wireless display Schematic

For the Ult 10B: To turn off button action


Hold [Vol -} and ULT buttons for 2 seconds
Speakers will automatically go Power light should flash.
into demo mode when
connected to the HDT2 media
player

Special Notes:
None at this time

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside


NO SD Card on
this display Only
a USB port for
updates.

Media
Player

29
Media
Speaker
Player PS
power
bricks

Display Visual – Outside


1
Illuminated
Logo

XE 300

XB 100

XG 300
ULT 10

Demo launch
buttons
Back To Top
Business\Internal

All orderable parts 2-2-24

Complete Display Only

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Steel Series Gaming

DPCI number
Without Microphone
056-94-0426
With Microphone
056-94-0427

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard Pliers

Display Functionality Checklist


• Play / next button only lit when in attract mode.
• Headphone only audio demo launch with play / next button.
• Play / Pause for each track (3 separate tracks)
• All three button LIT when in active demo mode.
• + / - Volume control buttons (hold not tap to activate)
• Steel Series logo header graphics should be illuminated as well

Steps to Opening the Display

To open display to access components.


1) Rotate display 180 to access rear panel. Remove 4 #2 Phillips screws.
2) Leave top left screw in to be removed last while setting the bottom edge of the
heavy steel panel on the shelf for support.
3) This will grant access to all electronics and buttons. Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

No lights on buttons or • Display has no power


lightshow on any demo
• Check for AC source and connection
unit.
• Look at power brick inside of display look for Green power LED
• Check cable between power LED and power dist board.

No sound from • Display needs reset (power off with AC plug)


Headphones. But
Button or lit and other • Power cable between power dist board output and media
lightshows are active player input damaged or disconnected.

• Cable between Media player audio output port and


headphone damaged or disconnected.
• If cable look good test with alternate Audio port

• Audio output of media player board failed (test with


external source) (test with media player port 1 as an
option)
• Play button damaged or disconnected.
• Test with know good button, swap ports on media player
board to test.
• Headphone unit has failed
• Test with alternate common 3.5 mm audio headphones.
Test HP on another known good display.
• Volume (-) button stuck in on position.
• Test with know good button, swap ports on media player
board to test.
• Corrupt USB based media content (Reload USB)
• Corrupt or unseated SD card
• Media player board has failed
Lightshow on single • Display needs reset (power strip inside of display)
demo unit not working
• Cable between that unit and power distribution board
damaged or disconnected.
• Test by reseating in USB-A port
• Test by swapping ports with known good output.

• USB-A power output failed on power distribution board


• Test with known good port
Logo not illuminated. But • Y-Splitter cable between power distribution board and
power is showing in barrel connection to LOGO is damaged or disconnected.
other places on display. • Y-Splitter has failed. Test with other side of Y splitter that
runs the media player

Button not functioning or • Confirm connection into correct input port


triggering wrong o Doublecheck schematics below
response • Test with known good button or port
Business\Internal

Steel Series display Schematic

Special Notes:
None at this time

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside

Dist board
Media PS
Player PS 19

29

Media
LED Dist board
Player
30

Display Visual – Outside

2 Illuminated
12
Logo
14
Headphone
15
7
3

8 4

9 Mouse
5
10 6
Alias
Mic Keyboard

1 13
Demo launch
11 buttons

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Please note display type


All orderable parts 1-29-25
Without Microphone
056-94-0426
With Microphone
056-94-0427

SteelSeries with Alias - Front Product Info Graphic 1


SteelSeries with Alias - Top Black Logo Panel 2
SteelSeries with Alias - Main Graphic Panel (characters wearing headsets) 3
SteelSeries with Alias - Right Orange eSports Graphic Panel (orange “Pros have won..”) 4
SteelSeries with Alias - Bottom Orange Graphic Panel 5
SteelSeries with Alias - Acrylic Keyboard Cover 6
SteelSeries with Alias - Arctis Nova 7P White Headset 7
SteelSeries with Alias - Aerox 3 Mouse 8
SteelSeries with Alias - Apex Pro TKL Keyboard 9
SteelSeries with Alias - Alias Microphone 10
SteelSeries with Alias - Electronic Button (Play, Volume +, Volume -) 11
SteelSeries with Alias - SteelSeries with Alias - Logo 12
SteelSeries with Alias - Booster Pack Graphic 13
SteelSeries with Alias - Booster Pack Graphic 13
SteelSeries with Alias - Complete Display DPCI 056-94-0427 14
SteelSeries - Complete Display DPCI 056-94-0426 15

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Tablet Installation
General Tablet Troubleshooting grid

Samsung Tablets

Factory Reset

Samsung Tab A9 Demo mode install

Samsung Update Required troubleshooting

Amazon Tablets

Amazon Tablets

Amazon Tablet Demo Issues

Amazon Tablet Factory Reset Process

Amazon Kindle Paper White

Brackets // Security // miscellaneous information

Amazon tablet installation videos

How to open and Flex shelf

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Bracket Style
(P0409 stores / Sennco) Inline Style (E&E Stores)

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Bracket Style (Sennco)

A #10 Torx security bit is


required to work on the
brackets as well.

To Order this tool


1-866-736-6261
Alternate Decimate Sales
763-428-4321

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Amazon Tablet styles

P409 (non E&E locations) Inline or E&E locations

Notice the cutout present on the kids bumper tablets for the E&E locations. This is to
allow the MTI security to easily be placed onto the tablet. These tablets are referred
to as “Cutouts”.

The bumper for the P409 stores (Non-E&E) is solid and the entire bumper has been
glued to the back of the tablet for added security. These tablets are referred to as
reworked or “Glued” tablets.

Inline Style

InVue security requires the use of the MTI security tool


and the MTI USB key to disarm the security.

The MTI puck and Xwing bracket (The large


attached circle) need to be flush for proper
installation .

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Tablet install video examples:


Please note that all video have chapter for the pertinent section you may be looking for. Look in
the lower right of the video window for the chapter list.

MTI Tablet Full

Senco E-reader Full

InVue Tablet Full

Tablet Boat to MTI conversion example video (4:23)

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

TABLET DISPLAY BOAT

Required Tools
• 3/16 ball head Allan wrench
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Needle nose pliers
• #1 slim screwdriver
• #2 Phillips screwdriver

NOTE *** The Boat sections are no longer used for camera displays. The only type
of electronics that is displayed on the Boat style will be Tablets.

Steps to Opening the Display


1. Get the # 6 security key from store personnel.
2. Push in on the back cabinet to relive pressure.
3. Turn the key to the unlock position.
4. Open the cabinet and ease it down horizontally.
5. Slide the cabinet in under the shelf.
6. Use the key to disarm the security switch in the lower right of each section.

Click here for display access video example (:40 – 1:15)

Please be reminded that this display is no longer supported in any way. No parts can
be ordered for the boat type configuration. If you can not repair or troubleshoot to fix
issues, then you must convert the security position to MTI inline (See conversion

MTI Boat Security Overview


video below)

Other Notes

Tablet Boat to MTI conversion example video (4:30)

Troubleshooting:

For troubleshooting since the only security that would be


present and operational will be the MTI conversion position
please see the MTI troubleshooting grid below.
Business\Internal

Types of security
Business\Internal

Samsung Tablets
Please Read:
You may not require a reset. If the retail mode icon is already installed, try restarting
it first. (See “Starting Retail Mode” below) If you do not require a factory reset you
can simply install the updated retail mode content over the current version.

Device reset (First Steps)

**** If a reset is required you MUST first remove any


account of any kind currently setup on the tablet or
phone. To do so:

Go to Settings // Accounts // If there is account


present select More // Remove Account.

Device reset (when device has Samsung retail mode installed)

1) For devices running the Samsun Retail Mode you will first need to turn
off this feature before you can factory reset the display.

2) From the application page on the tablet, select the Samsung Retail
Mode icon as shown in the example to the right.

3) From the page that comes up select “Store Settings”.

1) You will then be required to enter the PW to access the


application PW = bullsey3 or c1rcle

2) From the options on the left select “Display Mode


Settings”.

3) Next, select “Deactivate Retail Mode” option. This will


switch the retail mode feature to the OFF position. By
default this process with also uninstall the retail mode
from the tablet. You will see the retail mode removal
notification appear as in the example below.

4) You can now proceed with a factory reset as described in


the steps below.
Business\Internal

Device reset (when no retail mode is running)

1) Ensure the device is completely powered off but is charged.


2) For tablets Simultaneously press and hold the Power button + Volume Up
button + Home
3) You are now in the Android System Recovery Mode
(A screen will appear displaying red and blue text)
4) Using the Volume Down/up button, navigate to the "Wipe data/factory reset"
option. Once the option is highlighted, press the Power button to select it.
(See detailed instructions on Tablet's screen)
5) On the next screen, press the Volume Down button multiple times until the
"Yes - delete all user data" option is highlighted.
6) Then press the Power button to select it. (See directions on Tablet's screen)
You will see status text at the bottom left of the screen during this process.
7) Once the formatting and data wipe process is completed. Press the Power
button to select "reboot system now".
8) Once the device restarts, the hard reset is finished. You will now need to do an
initial setup on the device just like a brand new unit.

*** NOTE Caution as the Power button + Volume Down button + Home could
cause an alternant OS to be loaded. This could permanently damage the device.
button until you see the Galaxy start-up logo appear, once this startup logo
appears release all three buttons.

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Samsung Tablets A9+ DPCI- 056-01-5916


Samsung 2024 10.5” / Tab A9 Demo mode installation

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE FUTURE

Samsung 10.5” A9 SM-X210 (WiFi Model)


Tablet Demo Installation

The below process for the Samsung 10.5” A9 Tablet that is pulled from stock without
demo content already installed or fresh from a device reset and initialization as
described above.

Initial Device Setup (Post Reset or New Out of Box)

1. Welcome screen: Tap the language dropdown and


select English (United States) and OK. Tap on Start.
2. For your review screen: Mark the I agree to all radio
button, then tap Next.
3. Easy setup with another device screen: Tap Set up
manually.
4. Choose a Wi-Fi network screen: Select Skip. Tap Skip on
the confirmation pop-up. There are steps later on
connecting to Wi-Fi.
5. Date & time screen: Update the time zone, date, and
time as needed, then tap Next.
6. Google services screen: Tap Accept.
7. Protect your tablet screen: Tap Skip and then tap Skip
anyway on the pop-up confirmation.
8. Samsung account screen: Tap Skip and then tap Skip
again on the pop-up confirmation.
9. Samsung Services screen: Tap Agree.
10. Choose your display preference screen: Select the Light
mode then tap Next.
11. You’re all set up! Screen: Tap Finish.
Your device setup is now complete.

Demo setup and install process (Samsung Tab A9 10.5)

Confirming Tablet Model Number for demo load and install

1) In the Home Screen, Swipe down from the top of the screen.
2) Once the top panel is shown, press the Settings icon.
3) In Settings, scroll down and tap on About Tablet
4) In About Tablet, confirm the device’s Model Number
5) Confirm if the model number says “SM-X210”
IF THE MODEL NUMBER IS DIFFERENT. CALL BDS SUPPORT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Business\Internal

Setup WiFi and Download Demo Content:

1) Setup Wifi on the device to the Target DGE Network


2) Go back to settings / WiFi / Scan for networks / Select to DGE Network
3) Enter the DGE Password “ConnectedDigitalStore”
4) Use the Google Browser to Download the Retail Mode APK and contents using
the following links:

5) On the device, navigate to My files / Internal storage / Downloads


And open the Downloaded Files folder from the tablets Home Screen.
6) Select any files already present in the Download folder.
7) Delete the files already loaded in the Download folder. The Download folder
should be empty before proceeding with the download steps below.

*** NOTE You must manually type the below links into the address bar of the
tablet and NOT the search bar.
SM-X210 Only
*** NOTE You will need to access the links below directly from the A9+
tablet. The tablet will need DGE network access before attempting to
download.

File = SAMSUNG_RETAILMODE.apk (approximate size: 5 MB)

tinyurl.com/Taba9DL
File = RetailContent.main (approximate size: 5 GB)

tinyurl.com/Taba9DL2

Setup demo run hours

Once both downloads are complete, make sure both


SAMSUNG_RETAILMODE.apk and RetailContent.main files are completely
downloaded before continuing to the next steps. The download may take 15 minutes
to over and hour depending on the strength of this stores DGE network

Installing Downloaded Files:


1) Once downloaded navigate to My files / Internal storage / Downloads
And open the Downloaded Files folder from the tablets Home Screen.
2) Select any files already present in the Download folder.
3) Delete the files already loaded in the Download folder. The Download folder
should be empty before proceeding.
4) The two files (SAMSUNG_RETAILMODE.apk and RetailContent.main) should
both be located here
5) Tap on the SAMSUNG_RETAILMODE.apk file
Business\Internal

6) Double tap Package installer icon when


Open with window pops up
7) A Security Warning page will be shown –
Tap Settings at this point
8) On the “INSTALL UNKNOWN APPS”
screen toggle the “Allow from this
source” option
9) Press Back key to go back to installation
page
10) Samsung Retail Mode installation will
be displayed. Tap Install
11) You may see Turn on Play Protect? window pops up, tap the Accept
button
12) Once the install is complete tap
DONE.
13) Open app catalog, and tap the
Samsung retail mode app.
14) NOTE: Upon opening the app for the
first time, a warning pop up will
15) appear. Select proceed to start set
up.
16) Tap Retailer / Carrier country.
17) In the “Select country” search field,
type “America” and tap the
Search icon at the bottom right. Select
United States of America
(SEA) .
18) Tap the “Retailer/Carrier” field and
select your channel from the list. “TARGET”

19) Tap on SELECT STORE, then search


the by StoreID number, store address, or city.
Select your StoreID. (4 digit store number)
• Optional but recommended for improved compliance.
• NOTE: Device must be connected to Wi-Fi to search and select the StoreID

20) Enter the channel-specific password.* Tap Confirm.


PW will likely be be c1rcle
or possibly “onthemark” or “bullsey3” or “electron1cs”

21) The content will now begin to install. I can take up to 15 minutes to install
the retail mode content
22) Installation for Retail Mode is now complete, please proceed to Demo
Mode Verification

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Demo Mode Verification


1) If the Attractor Loop has already started playing, tap the screen once and press
the Home key to return to the Home Screen
2) Once on the Home Screen, swipe up to open the App Selection page
3) Open Samsung Retail Mode from the app list
4) In the Samsung Retail Mode app, make sure
that the bold text “Profile Ready for Demo” is
shown
5) On the top right corner tap the “3 Dots” menu
icon
6) Once the menu is shown, tap Device Info
7) Please confirm the following items are correct
– they will not show directly over each other
but will have to be identified from a list

8) If any of the values do not match on the device, please reset the tablet and
reload the Demo apk/main files Call BDS Support if additional help is needed
9) Once verification is complete, press the Home Button to return to the Home
Screen.

Congratulations, setup of the


Samsung
Galaxy A9 10.5” SM-X210 is now
complete

Examples of Demo screen content:

Example content after


tablet has fully updated
Business\Internal

Demo Mode settings:

If you need to change or confirm retail mode setting on the tablet.

Select the “Retail Mode Application” Icon.


Use the PW c1rcle

to get into the setting menu. The following options should be set.
Time download = ON
Auto Time Zone = ON

Screen repair = Set to hours that the store is not open.


Symptoms:
If the screen repair tool is running at a time it is not supposed to (IE. In the day
during store hours) the Tablet will display strange screen colorings and patterns.
This is typically due to the fact that the time on the device is not accurate and the
setting in the demo mode for the time to be automatically updated is not set
correctly.

Resolution:
Setting screensaver times
1) Select the Samsung Retail Mode
application from the App Catalog.
2) Tap the More button in the top right
corner and select Store Settings.
3) Enter the channel-specific password
PW c1rcle tap Ok.
4) Tap Device Settings / Date & Time
5) Make sure the Automatic date / time and
Automatic time zone are selected to ON.
6) Go back to Screen Saver Settings
7) Set the screensaver time from 10pm to 7am

Uninstalling Retail Mode


1) Select the Samsung Retail Mode application from the App Catalog.
2) Tap the More button in the top right corner and select Store Settings.
3) Enter the channel-specific password
PW c1rcle tap Ok.
8) Tap Display Mode Setting.
9) Toggle on Deactivate Retail Mode.
10) Tap OK on the confirmation pop-up.
11) The App will begin to uninstall.
12) If you would like to completely remove the Retail Mode app from the
device, when prompted select OK, otherwise select Cancel.

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Samsung Tablet Update Troubleshooting

Once a Samsung tablet has been setup for Demo purposes, the demo
should launch after 3-5 minutes of not being touched.

If a tablet has been setup and demo content installed but the demo will not
ever launch you may want to see if the tablet requires a firmware update.
To update the firmware or check for an update:

*** You must be first connected to the Target DGE network (PW ConnectedDigitalStore)

1) Open the settings menu on the device.


2) On the left side of the window, Scroll down until you see the “Software Update” or
“System Update” option.
3) On the right side of the window select the “Download Updates Manually” option.
4) Select Download update
5) The tablet will now check for any required updates, download , and install.
6) If the tablet is up to date it will let you know.

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Amazon Tablets (Demo setup example video)

Demo content Launch


(new out of the box tablets should start demo automatically)

IF NOT

To start or restart demo content:

1) Bootup to the Language screen.


2) Select “English” and hit continue
3) Select “Set up manually” and hit continue
4) On the next screen choose a Wifi option (Select on ANY locked network)
5) At the Password page select “CANCEL” to exit the network setup.
6) On the next page select “SKIP SETUP”
7) On the next popup select “SKIP” for device setup.

8) Next in the search screen type ;demo


9) Then select the search (spyglass) icon
10) There may then be a popup window about
streaming movies. Select anywhere on the screen to
remove this popup.
11) Next select again in the search field (no need to type
;demo again) once you have selected in the filed again
hit the search (spyglass) icon.

12) You will next look for the “Click to launch Demo” popup
appear at the top of the screen.
13) At this point be patient as it may take a few minutes for
the popup to appear.

14) On the Demo Activation (black) screen select “YES”.

15) You will now be in your demo configuration tool.

Amazon Tablets Demo issues


Note as of 6-15-23
If your tablet is stuck on the home Amazon page and the
demo will not run. This is typically due to the fact the unit is in
DEMO mode but has no content to run.

Possible resolution:

• Follow the Factory reset and demo launch steps below step by
step.

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Amazon Tablets Demo issues / Factory reset


Note as of 11-15-24
(Only to be used when above steps have been attempted)
A factory reset will wipe the demo feature from the tablet)
1) Power the tablet fully off
2) Press and hold the volume up button
3) Press and hold the power button until you see
the Amazon Logo

4) The unit will boot up into the root menu

5) Use the volume button to scroll down to “Wipe


data Factory reset”

6) Select by hitting the power button


7) Next confirm the reset selection and again hit
the power button

8) The reset will take about 15 seconds

9) When completed the tablet will boot back into


the root menu

10) From here select “Reboot the system”

The tablet will boot up as a fresh unit.


Note that is will still have the demo toll installed and demo content will have been removed.

Since that is the case we will not need to boot up the tablet turning WiFi on as described below.

16) Bootup to the Language screen.


17) Select “English” / continue
18) Select setup manually / hit continue
19) On the next screen choose a Wifi option (Select any locked network)
20) At the Password page select “CANCEL” to exit the network setup.
21) On the next page select “SKIP SETUP”
22) On the next popup select “SKIP” for device setup.
23) Next in the search screen type ;demo
24) Then select the search (spyglass) icon
25) You may need to wait about 5 minutes but a popup will show up.
26) “Select to enter Demo Mode”

27) You will next look for the “Click to launch Demo” popup appear at the top of the screen.
28) At this point be patient as it may take a few minutes for the popup to appear.
Business\Internal

29) On the Demo Activation (black) screen select “YES”.


30) You will now be in your demo configuration tool.
31) Fill in the field as normal.

32) However because you have performed a


factory reset there will be no demo content
for the tablet to run and so it will be locked to
the Amazon logo screen.

33) To install demo content you will need to set the Wifi to
“ON”

34) You will need to set the WiFi to the DGE network.
PW = “ConnectedDigitalStore”

35) Once the unit connected to WiFi you will say “OK” to
and time zone change popups.
36) Finish filling out the store information as normal.
37) Scroll to the bottom of the config tool and select the
“DONE” option to close out of the tool.

38) On the next page select the “REMOTE RESET” option if it comes up

39) Else let the tablet work to get the demo content downloaded.

The tablet will look for and download demo content automatically.

*** NOTE: Please note that the content download process may take several hours.

You can check this process by looking at the download manager. It should show current and
working downloads in progress.

Post update notes:


Once the device comes back up you may see a few popup windows appear. The will deal with
the Demo application permissions. Simply approve all of these popup options to proceed.

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

As an example below is the “Button screen” for a demo loaded tablet that has no WiFi
connectivity.

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Amazon Tablet Examples


Note as of 11-30-24

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Kindle Demo content interrupt


(Gen 11 Post 2024)
There is no way to pause or stop the demo content on the
2024 Gen 11 devices.

Demo content Reinstallation


There is currently no demo reinstallation instructions at this
time (9-26-24)

Amazon Tablets Kindle Paper White


Gen 11

To restart:
There is no soft restart for the device

To Fully reset:
Hold the power button down for 30-40 seconds until the
screen flickers and let fully reset. (See example right of
reset screen)

*** Note: This does not wipe out the embedded demo
content.

Kindle (Gen10 Only) stuck in Non US


language

From the screen on the right below.

• Select Settings (Gear icon top left)


• Select all settings (Gear icon top right)
• Device Option (Second box from bottom)
• Language dictionary (Bottom box)
• Language (Top box)
• English US (Third from the top)
• OK (Bottom right)
• OK to reset (right side of pop up box)

See video link here (Gen 10 only):

https://bdssolutions.wistia.com/medias/gf5mxrj868
Back To Top Back To Tablets
Business\Internal

Tablet Installation Troubleshooting Grid


Common Problems Possible Causes
Tablet will not power on • Display not powered (Check MTI security and power connections)
(General)
• Display needs a soft reset (power off /on)

• Let the device charge for up to 30 minutes.

• Unplug the charging cable and hold the power button for 40
seconds. Then, reconnect device to charging cable.
• Try a different charging cable.

• Try charging the device by plugging it to a wall outlet.

Amazon Tablet will not • Putting device into recovery mode and restarting.(Amazon Only)
power on 1.For most devices, press and hold the "power" and "volume
down" buttons simultaneously.
2.Release the buttons after five seconds or Amazon logo
appears.
• 3.Select reboot system now by pressing the power button and
confirm.
Frozen on unresponsive • Display needs a soft reset (power off / on)
screen
(General) • Force Restart (Non-Amazon Only)
• Press and hold the power button and the volume down button
simultaneously for more than 7 seconds until the device reboots.

• Power Drain-Unplug device from its power source and allow the
battery to completely drain itself to force a shutdown.

• Factory reset Amazon tablet follow steps below (insert link)

• Factory reset non-Amazon tablet follow steps below (insert link)

Amazon Frozen on • Remote Reset Option (Amazon Only)


unresponsive screen • 1.Swipe “Z” pattern on the screen with two fingers. From the
popup screen select “Remote Reset” option,
• 2. The tablet will restart in demo mode.
• 3.Hold the power button down for solid 10 seconds to power off
the tablet.
• 4.Power the tablet back on. If the demo content still does not play

Kindle Frozen on • Kindle Paperwhite-Hold power button for 30-40 seconds until
unresponsive screen screen flickers and let fully restart. No demo re-install instructions
at this time for Kindle Paperwhite.

Logged into/Asking for • Factory reset Amazon tablet follow steps below (insert link)
customer account info
• Factory reset non-Amazon tablet follow steps below (insert link)
(General)

• If reset does not work store use Samsung or non-Amazon tablet
Amazon Logged • Factory reset Amazon tablet follow steps below (insert link)
into/Asking for customer
account info
Business\Internal

• If reset does not work order Amazon tablet with BDS support

Kindle Logged into/Asking •


for customer account info

Samsung Demo mode • Reinstall Samsung demo follow link instructions below(insert link)
wont launch

Amazon Demo mode wont • Stuck on “Amazon” Logo tablet needs firmware update steps
launch below (insert link)

• Demo needs to be reinstalled. (Amazon Only) (insert link)


1.In “search bar” on home screen type the following ;demo to
access demo options
2. Go to “configure” (check WIFI settings and that you are
connected)
3. Select “Demo Type” and Exit download will start automatically.

All Orderable Parts:

NOTE *** All Tablet parts and security can be ordered through BDS support

Back To Top Back To Tablets


Business\Internal

Turtle Beach 4 position


DPCI number
207-94-0068

Required Tools

• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers

Display Functionality Checklist


• To order this “entire” display
• All headphones in correct locations (Appropriate
DO NOT Zero out in Zebra.
fact tag) with cables untangled. Call the BDS support team to
• Continuously running video only loop while in order
attract mode.
• Illuminated back graphics cases on right and left
• Illuminated LED strip under display running length of the display.
• All demo buttons solid lit including Vol +/- while in attract mode.
• For each headphone, when associated demo button pressed you will get a unique
Audio video demo for that specific unit. No other units will play audio.
• In demo mode the only the selected button will be lit, all other will be off.
• In demo mode Vol +/- buttons will stay illuminate solid.
• Volume + / - work with a hold function.

FOR DEMO CONTENT EXAMPLE CLICK HERE (Video only) + (All display units)

Future

Steps to Opening the Display


1) The display is secured to the bar hanger with two thumb screws that can be
access on the bottom front side of the display.
2) To access the headphone connection to the dongles you will need to remove
the magnetic plate the runs the length of the display directly below and behind
the headphone placement area.
3) Removing the top magnetic plate from above the display monitor that runs the
length of the display will give you access to the graphics and acrylic covers as
well as the display power supply.
4) This will also give you access to slide up and out on the media player / monitor
module to check cable connections.
5) To access the display electronics, rotate the display around 180 degrees so the
back is facing you.
6) This will give you access to the media player and dongle cables.

No video available

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes


Monitor black (no image • Display not powered (check cables between power supply and
on power up) media player)
• Confirm the 120 AC cable is fully seated into the power brick. Look
for the Blue power LED indicator to confirm
• SD card not seated or missing
• SD card content corrupted
• Installed SD card has failed NOTE *** The USB is used to
provide any updates to this display. The files from the USB are
copied onto the SD card installed in the media player.
• Media player display module has failed
No video loop playing in • Display needs reset (Cycle power or hit reset button on back left
attract mode (image on side of the display)
power up) • Power switch on media player is in the off position
• SD card not seated or missing
• SD card content corrupted
No sound from any unit • Display not powered
• Display needs reset (reset button located under display)
• Volume control buttons failed (likely Volume down is stuck on)
• Loaded demo content is corrupt
• Media player display module has failed
• Installed SD card has failed NOTE *** The USB is used to
provide any updates to this display. The files from the USB are
copied onto the SD card installed in the media player.

No sound from single unit • Headphone unit damaged or has failed (test with direct connect to
media player known good port or external device)
• Cable between Headphone and display dongle damaged
or disconnected (test with direct connect to media player
known good port)
• Cable between Media player and display dongle damaged
or disconnected (test with direct connect to media player
known good port)
• Single output of media player module failed (test with known good)
• Multi cable button connector between button module and media
player is damaged or disconnected or only partially seated.
• Button module has failed
Unable to adjust volume • Button module for volume up or down has failed
up and or down
• Multi cable button connector for up or down is damaged or
disconnected from media player

All lite elements not • Display not powered


working • No input power to media player
• DC source output cable between media player and three way
splitter damaged or disconnected

Single lite element is not • Cable between problem light element and three way splitter
working damaged or disconnected.
• Single LED element has failed
Business\Internal

Turtle Beach Headphones 2025 Schematic

These components lie under


the analog outputs on the
SD Display Monitor main board
Card Media player combo
LXNX Display Module
850-075572 SD Card installed in USB
media player Port

12 VDC Audio Outputs


Input
4 3 2 1
To front panel USB
port
Combined Cable

Button Module

Stealth 700
Max Gen 3

Left Graphic LED Stealth 600

Left Graphic LED Stealth 500

Lower case LED Recon 200 Gen 2

Power
Supply To 120 AC
Reset
Button

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Display Visual – Inside


Media player / Display Module

16

20 12 VDC
Power supply

11
Splitter
Cable

Button
Cable
Audio
Outputs
13

14
15

12
SD Card
Reset 12vdc 12vdc
Button Input
(Below Analog Outputs)
Output

Display Visual - Outside


23 17 Monitor 16
10

21 6 7
10

Recon 200 Stealth 500 Stealth 600 Stealth 700


9 Gen 2
5 Max Gen 3
4
USB Port below graphic
3
18 LED strip Below display
24
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts:

Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Product Info Graphic (Fall 2024) 1
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - USB Demo Content (Fall 2024) 2
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Stealth 700 Gen3 MAX - BLACK 3
W/SILVER TRIM
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Stealth 500 - BLACK W/BLACK TRIM 4
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Stealth 600 - BLACK W/BLACK TRIM 5
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Lightbox Graphic Stealth 500 (Spring 6
2024)
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Lightbox Graphic Stealth 600 (Spring 7
2024)
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Monitor Graphic (Spring 2024) 8
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Recon 200 Gen2 BLACK 9
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Complete Display (207-94-0068) 10
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - LED 3-way Splitter Cable 11
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - SD Card (w/ out Demo Content) Video 12
Player
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Audio Cable Adapter Plate 13
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Audio Cable (out from Media Player) 14
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Button Module Combined Cble (Media 15
Player/Monitor
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Lynx Display Module (Media 16
Player/Monitor)
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Magnetic Wire Cover Panel 17
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Lightbox LED Panel (x2) 18
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - LED Light Strip with DC cable connection 19
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Power Supply with DC Cable connection 20
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Adjustable Towel Bar 21
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Monitor, Screwdriver, Screws (x5) 22
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - Headphone Hanger (x2), Screwdriver, 23
Screws (x3)
Turtle Beach - 4 Position Gaming Headset Display - LED Clips 24

Back To Top
Business\Internal

True Wireless DPCI number


4ft DPCI 004-01-9114
3ft DPCI 004-01-9115
Required Tools

• Box knife

• T20 Security Bit

Display Functionality Checklist


• All inserts are right side up and fully secured in place.
• LED light strips light up all insert section brightly.
• The display lexan cover is in place, non-cracked and fully secured.

Steps to Opening the Display


1) Remove any merchandise that might be blocking access to the two screws at
the top of the display.
2) Use a Torx T-20 security driver to remove the two screws.
3) This will allow you to open out the acrylic case cover.
4) Slide out any inserts that need to be removed.

Steps to open the display can be see here.

Back To Top
Business\Internal

The True Wireless display


will be shipped to the store
and located in a fit to size
box as shown here. The
display itself is very heavy
(50 lbs +) SO use caution
when lifting.

Example of insert and insert fact tag.

The display is bolted to angled standoffs that notch connect directly onto the gondola. These
must be installed onto the display prior to mounting on the gondola.
Business\Internal

Display Visual - Outside

35

15

Display Visual - Inside

35 LED lighting
bars

5
Mounting
screws

35
6

34
Power Supply
inside of
display

Back To Top
Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts for both 4 foot Non-2.0 stores and 3 foot 2.0 locations.

1
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Sony Black Buds TWS 008-94-0211 (4ft fixture) 2
2.0 Store True Wireless - Sony Black Buds TWS 008-94-0211 (3ft fixture) 3
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Skullcandy Dime 008-94-0199 4
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Skullcandy Push 008-94-0181 5
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - JBL Ghost Black TWS 008-94-0208 (4ft fixture) 6
Non 2.0 True Wireless - Beats Fit Pro Stone Purple TWS 008-94-6537 (4ft fixture) 7
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Anker Life Note 3i TWS 008-94-0203 (4ft fixture) 8
2.0 Store True Wireless - Skullcandy Dime 2 Black TWS 008-94-0199 (3ft fixture) 9
2.0 Store True Wireless - JBL Ghost Black TWS 008-94-0208 (3ft fixture) 10
2.0 Store True Wireless - Beats Fit Pro Stone Purple TWS 008-94-6537 (3ft fixture) 11
2.0 Store True Wireless - Anker Life Note 3i TWS 008-94-0203 (3ft fixture) 12
2.0 Store True Wireless - Heyday Stalk Mist White (008-94-0155) 13
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Heyday Sport Earbuds Black/Gold (008-94-0175) 14
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - JLab JBuds Air Sport Black Insert Kit (008-94-7457) 15
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Heyday Stalk Mist White (008-94-0155) 16
2.0 Store True Wireless - JLab JBuds Air Sport Black Insert Kit (008-94-7457) 17
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Jlab Go Air Blue Insert Kit (008- 94-8704) 18
Non 2.0 True Wireless-JBL Flex Ghost-Insert Kit DPCI 008-94-0208 (4ft fixture) 19
2.0 True Wireless - JBL Tune Flex Ghost - Insert Kit DPCI 008-94-0208 (3ft fixture) 20
Non 2.0 True Wireless - JBL Buds Ghost - Insert Kit DPCI 008-94-0209 (4ft fixture) 21
2.0 True Wireless - JBL Buds Ghost - Insert Kit DPCI 008-94-0209 (3ft fixture) 22
Non 2.0 True Wireless-Samsung Galaxy Buds 2 Pro TWS 008-94-0184 (4ft fixture) 23
2.0 True Wireless - Samsung Galaxy Buds 2 Pro TWS 008-94-0184 (3ft fixture) 24
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS 48in LED Kit 25
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Hanger Arms 26
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS 36in Acrylic Cover 27
2.0 Store True Wireless - Hanger Arms 28
2.0 Store True Wireless - Mounting Screws 29
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Mounting Screws 30
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - 4ft Complete Display (004-01-9114) 31
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS Signage Insert Lens only 32
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS Display Gondola Arms 33
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS Power Supply (004-01-9115) 34
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS Signage Insert Box 35
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS 36in Acrylic Cover 36
2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS 36in LED Kit 37
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS Power Supply (004-01-9114) 38
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - TWS 48in Acrylic Cover 39
2.0 Store True Wireless - 3ft Complete Display (004-01-9115) 40
2.0 Store True Wireless - Non Configured Case Complete 41
Non 2.0 Store True Wireless - Sony Black Buds TWS 008-94-0211 (4ft fixture) 42
2.0 Store True Wireless - Sony Black Buds TWS 008-94-0211 (3ft fixture) 43

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Pro tip Video series (MTI Security)

PML interaction video training (click to watch) (7:10)

Kindle Language change (1:15)

Tablet Install 101:

MTI Tablet Full Video has chapters

Senco E-reader Full Video has chapters

InVue Tablet Full Video has chapters

Laptop installation Pro Tips:

Future

Miscellaneous Pro Tips:

Tips for a stripped screw (:50)

Spider wrapping basics (3:20)

Turbo Tax (Video Game Case Use) (1:20)

Camera Install Pro Tips:


Camera install overview DSLR MTI security (8:56)

MTI Puck anti rotation brackets (DSLR) (3:47)

Back To Top
MTI Locking security Tether (Cameras) (3:45)

MTI Security Post 90 VS 45 configuration (3:05 to 5:00)


Business\Internal

MTI Security arming and programming security (9:45 to 16:00)

MTI Security Box One programmer rule (14:425 to 16:00)

Inline camera known good troubleshooting (1:28)

MTI Puck quick testing tip (1:11)

Boat Conversion Plate Install (4:25)

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Target (BDS) Zebra Device Guide


The Zebra RFID inventory management system (also referred to as “My Device”),
allows Target to have an accurate view and interaction with the current store
inventory and planograms.

Below are processes that can be used to confirm and edit inventory count,
researching Plano layout, locate inventory, and pull and stow items.

Locating a Device
BDS Zebra Login Current User Name and Password

Inventory count research and editing:

Capacity Value Change

Planogram layout and research:

Display location definition:

Inventory Take and Backstock information:

Printing Section PLANOGRAMS:


Printing with Zebra device 1X3 Shelf
Labels: Door typically
located at front of
the store. Dore
Zebra My Day App training videos code is usually the
store number. Also
the code may be
Locating a device: located taped to
the back of the
door.
These devices are typically kept in a specific
room at the front of the store. Ask the store for
access and then select a
numbered unit and log that unit
of in the log book if present.

NOTE ****
Be sure and get logged into the
My device while in this room.
The device will go into alarm
mode if removed from the
charger and NOT logged in in
just a few minutes
Business\Internal

Wake
Link to video Button
Example
Device Login
BDS Zebra Login:
When using a Zebra device BDS is required to login to the Scan
unit with the BDS provided Username and Password. Buttons

If a device has been powered down for some time it will


likely be in sleep mode (black screen when you pick it up).
To wake the unit up, first hit the top right button to “WAKE”
the unit.

The unit will likely come up with a numeric access screen.


You will need to type in the store number to unlock the
device.
Use leading zeros for stores with less than four digits.
Example 345 would be “0345”

To then login you will use the BDS Username and Password
(UN listed below) listed below.

But first

If a unit is currently logged in with another store associate


you will need to “Sign Out” and then login again as a BDS
representative. This is so Target can confirm all BDS project
interaction performed with the Zebra device.

To do so go to the “WORK” icon of the “MyDay” application.


This is located in the lower right.

When you get to the home screen select the “Profile” icon in
the upper left. (The one that looks like a person).

This will take you to the “Sign Out” option screen. Select the
“Sign Out” option.
You are now logged out of the system.

To then login you will use the BDS Username and Password
listed below.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Note BDS Login is not “PIN” based

Target employees you a PIN based login. BDS


will use a User name and Password based
login:

• Instead of using the PIN login

To Login select the “Option” button in the


upper right of the main screen.

From the option on the screen select


“Login with Password”

From here you will enter the current BDS


Login ID & PW

BDS Zebra Login – a623845


BDS Zebra Password –
(For current password)

Refer to your call form, call BDS support, or


look in the BDS Discord server.

NOTE: DO NOT attempt failed logins more than


twice without contacting BDS support. Doing so can
lock the BDS login out for all users on the system.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Link to video
Example
Inventory Count Research and Edit: Item inventory
research

To use the My Device feature you will need to Use


the above Zebra login process above to access the
“My DAY” Application of the device

Once logged in

To review the current display or box stock item


inventory in the Target system you will use the “My
Day” application feature of the Zebra device. This is
located at the top of the applications list.

You will start by opening the My Day application.

Selecting the “My Day” application icon


will log you into this tool.

The home page is where you will navigate


to all of the other functions of the
application.
From the home page you can select the
“SCAN” tool option at the bottom right to be able to use the scan function of the “My
Device”. DO NOT use the “Inventory Audit” feature on the main page.
You also have the option to select the “Spyglass” icon to enter a DPCI number in
manually.
My Day Home screen My Day Scan tool screen

Scan Buttons
Push both at the
same time to
scan a bar code.
Business\Internal

After you have scanned or manually entered the DPCI you may hit the “Continue”
button in the lower right to advance.

Once the item has been pulled up you will be


able to see information about:

Items current status Class


(Discontinued // Price cut // Active // ect.) Number
Pricing of unit

For NON-Class 94 items you will be able to see


the “On Floor” and “On Hand” counts displayed.

For a class 94 (Display) item:


This screen will NOT allow you to edit the
Qty on hand if required. This option is restricted
to specific Target employees, and you will need
to work with the store to make any changes to
the “ON FLOOR” on “ON HAND” counts for
these class “94” items

The location of the item will be shown here as


well. If it has multiple floor locations they will each
be displayed separately. The “FIT” for each
location will be listed as well.

Class 94 displays should always have a value of


ONE for the “FIT” count. And a value of 1 for the
“On the floor” count if displayed.

Setting the “ON FLOOR” value from a value of


one to zero will trigger the Target inventory
system to place an automated order for the
display unit.
Business\Internal

NOTE: that the capacity (also called FIT) must be a Link to video
value of ONE for a display item (Class 94) as well Example
for the order to trigger. Inventory
Adjustment

Fit or (Capacity) value change:


The capacity number of an item determines how
many units can “FIT” in that location. The value
for a class 94 display item should always be set
to a value of one (1).

To change the FIT, you will scan or manually


enter in the DPCI for the item you are adjusting.

Select the location box where the items “FIT” is


listed. Specifically select the Blue FIT count link.
In the example shown here it’s a value of 17 fit

This will bring up the capacity edit


screen. Select the value and hit
“UPDATE”

Remember that class 94 displays will


always have a capacity value of ONE.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Link to video
Example
Planogram
Planogram Layout and Research: Research

To access the Planogram feature you must first Wake


Button
wake and login to the device.

See ZEBRA LOGIN section above to get started.

You can then proceed with the below process. Scan


Butto
ns
You will start by logging into the My Day
application.

Selecting the “My Day” application icon


will log you into this tool.

The home page is where you will


navigate to all of the other functions of
the application.
From the home page you can select the
“SCAN” tool option at the bottom to be able to use the scan function of the “My
Device”. You also have the option to select the “Spyglass” icon to enter a DPCI
number in manually.

My Day Home screen My Day Scan tool screen

Scan Buttons
Push both at the
same time to
scan a bar code.
Business\Internal

After you have scanned or manually entered the DPCI you may hit the “Continue”
button in the lower right to advance.

Once the item has been pulled up you will be


able to see the “POG DETAILS” option

Selecting the POG DETAILS will bring up the


item along with one or more listed POG.

From here you will be able to see all current


and future planograms that this item is tied
to.

Each POG will have a starting date that it is


to be in effect.

You will need to make sure that you are


looking at the current POG not a future POG
based on the date.

Selecting on the BLUE hyperlink


PLANOGRAM page option will bring up the
POG page.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Once in the Planogram screen you can select the Planogram image view or the
line listing.

Planogram Image view

Be sure that you use the “FILTER BY” option in


line listing to ensure you are looking at the
correct aisle “SECTION” you are researching. Line listing view

If you need to make changes to the Inventory counts see:


Inventory count research and editing:

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Display Location Definition:


Location information about the item’s sales floor location is defined as follows:

(#) is starting section


In that Aisle
Aisle Location

Section # from Section Item position Left


main aisle Height to Right
Link to video
Example
Using Zebra
to find
POG location

As Per Line Item Listing

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Inventory Take and Backstock Process:


The Zebra device can also be used for
inventory management when removing Link to video
inventory from back stock for floor Example
Take or Pull from Back
placement. This is known as a “Take” Inventory
process. You can also return inventory to
back stock with the Zebra device. This is known
as an add or “Backstock” process.

To “TAKE” an item you will scan or type in the


DPCI of the non-Class 94 display unit.
This is a sellable unit not containing a “94” for
the middle DPCI number.
In the example to the right this number is a
“06”.

Next select the “FILL or TAKE” option.

NOTE *** BDS Does NOT use the “FILL”


(Request Fill) option.

You are now in the main screen for this item.


Shown here to the right.

On this next page will be listed the backroom


location where the item has been stored.

From the example on the right we see there are


8 units total here:

01A-021-G28 has 2 items


01A-021-I07 has 6 items

01A represents a designated room or area (in


this case the electronics lockup cage)

021 represents a sub area of the lockup.

G28 will represent the specific “Bin” where the


unit was last placed.

As each store is
different you will need
to work with store
personnel to make sure
you are looking in the
correct location for
these units.
Business\Internal

You will now use the My Device to “SCAN” the


backroom bin or location you will be removing the
units from.

You will then be ask for the quantity you will


be removing from the bin or location.

The count may not exceed the number listed


in the system total for the location.

You will select the CHECK button in the lower


right to confirm your input.

You will then need to confirm that the item is


going to the “Sales Floor”

Once selected hit the “DONE” button to finish.

The device will now revert back to the main


page for this item with its updated inventory
counts.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Link to video
The process to “Backstock” or “Stow” an
Example
item back to inventory you will follow a different Stow or Backstock
process. There are a few ways to complete this Inventory
process and we will discuss one.

From the My Day application HOME screen we will select the “BACKSTOCK”
option.

Selecting the “Backstock” (STOW) option will take you to the scan function of the
application.
My Day Item Home Screen

If there are multiple


backroom locations
make sure you are
pulling from the
correct one.

Once you have scanned the item to be


back stocked, the application will ask you if
you would like to place it into its listed
default location or scan another location for
placement?

NOTE** this can be any viable bin


anyplace in the Target back room.

Once you have scanned the BIN the item is to be placed into. This pairs the item to
the BIN or floor location.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Printing Paper Planograms: Link to video


Example
Printing Paper
Planograms

To use the My Device feature you will need to Use


the above Zebra login process above to access the
“My DAY” Application of the device

Once logged in

To review the current display or box stock item


inventory in the Target system you will use the “My
Day” application feature of the Zebra device. This is
located at the top of the applications list.

You will start by opening the My Day application.

Selecting the “My Day” application icon will log you


into this tool.

The home page is where you will navigate


to all of the other functions of the
application.
From the home page you can select the
“SCAN” tool option at the bottom right to
be able to use the scan function of the “My Device”. DO NOT use the “Inventory
Audit” feature on the main page.
You also have the option to select the “Spyglass” icon to enter a DPCI number in
manually.
My Day Home screen My Day Scan tool screen

Scan Buttons
Push both at the
same time to
scan a bar code.
Business\Internal

You can then select the ITEM DETAILS option in


the lower part of the screen.

You will then select the “POG DETAILS” option.

This will take you to the active and future POG list
for this item. Or you may see multiple POGs listed if
the unit has multiple location in the store.

NOTE *** Before you start this process note the


name of the POG that you are attempting to print
out. This will be important a bit later.

Once the specific planogram has been selected you


will choose the PRINT option below.

You can view the line listing in the MyDevice itself.


But we are here to print so we will want to select the
“PRINT” option.

This will give you the option on the next page to


select “PAPER PLANOGRAM” to print out.

Once selected you will then select the “BATCH”


print option.
Business\Internal

You will then see the BATCH CREATED


notification

You will then select the “MAIN PAGE” icon in the


lower left. This will take you back to the main page
in the MyDay application.

From here you will open up the


“PRINT BATCHES” option.

You will next see a list of printers that you will be


sending the selected “Print Batch” to for physical
printout.

Then select SIGNS and LABELS as this is most


commonly the name of the Physical printer back in
the Signage department of the store.

In the next screen scroll down until you located the


Planogram BATCH NAME that you created today.

This is why we took note of it in the step above.


There will be hundreds of batch selections to
choose from. So use the date and POG name of
your POG to select the correct one.

You then will select NEXT at the bottom top confirm


your pick.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

You then can head back to the printer located


in the signage room in the back.

You will need to make sure that paper tray


ONE has plain white paper loaded up for the
print.

Once the paper is loaded and the printer is


ready. Tap on the PRINT option to start the
batch print.

The full planogram should print out


providing you with the POG image,
Line listings, and item location
information.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Printing with the Zebra device Link to video


Example
1” X 3” Shelf Labels: Printing Labels

The Zebra device can be used to print both 1” X 3”


shelf labels along with larger 3” x 5” fact tags and 4”
x 11” fact tags. The instructions below discuss the
process to print out the 1x3 shelf tags directly.

The process for the 3x5 and 4x11 fact tags is similar
but you will need to work with the store to
understand where to send the printed items to (what
printer) and to retrieve the printed items from a
physical printer.

To print out 1” x 3” shelf tags follow these steps:

You will start by logging into the My Day


application.

To use the system you will need to request the


use of a “Zebra” device from a Target team
member Use the above Zebra login process
above to access the “My DAY” Application of
the device

You will also need to acquire a handheld printer


device with the correct label stickers in place.

Use the scan function of the My Device to scan


the barcode on the side of the portable printer.
This will temporarily “PAIR” the My device with
this printer.

Pairing can be confirmed with the green bar at


the bottom of the my device showing that the
HIP printer has been paired.

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

Now go back to the MY DAY application home


page.

Scan or enter the DPCI to get into the items main


page.

From here you will see the “PRINT” option.

Selecting this will give you the option to print a few


items. We are interested in “PRINT LABEL” option.

From the options you will select “Shelf Label” or


“Regular Label” to print out the standard 1X3” label.

We can select regular or short label depending on


how our handheld printer is loaded.

NOTE *** At this stage if you are printing out a 3x5


or larger fact tag work with the store to select a
printer to assign the print queue to and to find out
where you will need to go to physically retrieve the
printed labels.

The printer will deliver one label for each print


request selected.
Business\Internal

Place the label in the correct POG location without removing the adhesive back of
the label.

Zebra how to videos:


Research Functions

POG Training

Printing Section Planograms

Take and Stow Functions

Adjusting Inventory (work with store to confirm changes)

My Day App general overview training video:

Back To Top Zebra Index


Business\Internal

MTI Security Parts list

Tools / Programmers

Inline Charging Cables

Inline Post / Puck / Tether Supplies

MTI Screamers

VHB Adhesives

Phone Specific Security

Miscellaneous Security

Boat Style Security

Store Order (SA) // Flex Shelves

Back To Top Security Parts MTI


Business\Internal

Associated
Part # Part Description What the part is used for Image
Display Type

Tools / Programmers

EE/SECURITY/MTI
MICRO/SHUKO DRIVER
Use with the
SHUKO claw grip These drivers are for use with the
AX6345 security bracket AX5755 phone claw security set.
MTI Part # AX 5755

003-0090-02

EE/SECURITY/MTI
This tool is for use with all MTI
MICRO/QUICK RELEASE TOOL
security Pucks. This will allow for
For use with MTI puck disassembly, Tether base
security pucks removal, Alarm testing, and tether
AX6344
and bases phone base retrieval.
MTI Part # and camera
Link to use example
003-0100-00

Sennco Security key.

To order have the store PML


call:

1-866-736-6261

Alternate
Decimate Sales
This is the security key that is used to
763-428-4321 remove the half circle connector of
AX???? the E-Reader tether lines to the
adjustable Brackets for tablets and
The other option for ordering video game cases
this part is by using the
Target Ariba
order
system. The part
number in that
system will be
4-0920-0001-00-00

This tool is designed to cut the


Micro puck removal tool existing puck VHB adhesive with a
string to allow for an easy removal of
AX6470 the puck from the device without
damaging the device or puck. Once
MTI Part # 003-0094-00 the tool cuts away 90 % of the VHB
the puck can be twisted off.

MCP Programming Station This unit is used to program new and


Used with MTI reset MTI security pucks and
USB security key screamer kits. Only one unit should
AX6392
and adapter be active in any store. The box has a
cable unique code that it programs into
MTI Part # 153-0356-01 both the USB key and the MTI pucks.
Business\Internal

This unit can be programmed and


MTI USB security key reprogrammed by the MCP
programming station to be used to
Used with MCP
silence alarm condition on
AX6391 programming station
associated MTI security pucks.
and adapter cable
Multiple keys can be used in a single
MTI Part # 153-0752-00 store as long as all are programmed
with the same MCP programmer box.

AX6394 ** Preferred Cable for


USB for Programming MCP box
B to mini B
For use
This is cable is specific to the
specifically with
AX6394 AX6394 CABLE USB B TO MINI
MTI micro line
requirements of the MCP
B 3.00 ROHS programmer and allows correct
units
electrical and data connection
MTI Part # 420-0424-00 between the MCP programmer, the
MTI USB Key, and the MTI security
pucks.

This is cable is specific to the


AX6393 CABLE USB A TO B requirements of the MCP
2.69 ROHS For use
programmer and allows correct
specifically with
AX6393 MTI micro line
electrical and data connection
MCP programming cable USB between the MCP programmer, the
units
(A to Mini B) MTI USB Key, and the MTI security
pucks.

FUTURE FUTURE Future

Security Parts MTI


Business\Internal

Inline Charging Cables

USB C Charger.

AX7069 CABLE WHITE USB This is similar to the AX5846 in


C 5" TARGET 49004 that it charges a device from the
AX7069 powered MTI Micro puck.
MTI Part # 143-92080-3010 However this is for a newer “C” type
USB device.

AX7152 USB C CABLE


AX7152 COILED 180 DEGREE WHI

USB Type C charging cable


(180 degrees end)

Inline Post / Puck Supplies


This is the complete kit
for the MTI self
contained security units. This kit is
designed for camera units. The smart
fit kits that allow each camera to fit to
the puck must be ordered separately.
AX6065 FRDM MICRO DI
Base and power These units need to be programmed
W/LDAT WHITE
supply for use with with the USB programmer already in
any MTI place at the store.
FREEDOM MICRO DI, FULL
AX6065 compatible device.
POSITION, WHITE 157 1 per Puck is designed Link for physical install of
trunk stock per store for Camera use
hardware only.
MTI Part # 165-0798-0111

For full MTI training video


click the link here

AX5687 FRDM
MICRO,LIVE,WHITE, REV.N
This is the complete kit
TGT for the MTI self
Base and power
contained security units. This kits is
supply for use with
AX5687
FREEDOM MICRO any MTI
designed for phones and tablets.
POWERED, FULL POSITION, these units need to be programmed
compatible device.
with the USB programmer already in
WHITE 157 1 per trunk stock place at the store.
per store

MTI Part # 165-0746-0411

AX6335 FRDM MICRO This is the complete kit


MECHANICAL WHITE for the MTI self
Base and power
contained security units. This kit
supply for use
contains the stock security puck and is
FREEDOM MICRO MECH, with any MTI
AX6335 compatible
designed for small to large phone
FULL POSITION, WHITE 40 4 units. The included puck is a dummy
per trunk stock per district device.
unit that is not powered and cannot be
armed.
MTI Part # ?????

Post only… NOTE All post are


identical regardless of use with
AX6066 FRDM MICRO,TGT Cameras, Tablets, Phones, ect.
BASE W/AIR TETHER There are no “Dummy” specific post
Please note that the bottom metal
AX6066 plate is NOT included with this part.
MTI Micro Post / With Tether
The plate number AX6085 has to be
MTI Part # 165-0790-0011 ordered separately..

*** NEEDS BELOW PART


Business\Internal

AX6085 EE/SECURITY/BASE
PLATE ONLY/MTI *** NEEDS ABOVE PART

Keyed bracket including hold down


AX6085 MTI Micro post bottom
bolt for any AX6066 MTI security
bracket post. This plate goes with the order
of part number AX6066 ( MTI Post)
MTI Part # 528-0004-00

High security MTI stand (Post) with


lockable tether and VHB tape

This post is for use with a pull / no pull


adjustable tether. The post has an
NEW MTI Micro Post Lockable access hole that is to be facing away
Tether and Slot Adaptor from the customer. This hole allows
AX???? access to the key on the pull / no pull
Part # 202-5802-030 tether.

Typically for Samsung Phones

AX6083
EE/SECURITY/POWER
SUPPLY ONLY
AX6083 EE/Security/MTI Micro/Power
Power Adapter TGT / USCC
Supply Only

AX6127 SECURITY MICRO


3FT POWER CORD TGT
AX6127 Power Cable TGT / USCC
Micro Security 3' Power Cord

This is the replacement security puck


AX6082 SECURITY MTI for the standard MTI base kit. This
POWERED PUCK For use with MTI puck is powered by the security
security base to base. The puck does not come
AX6082 EE/SECURITY/MTI hold phones and programmed and The security puck
MICRO/POWERED PUCK tablets need to be programmed with the
USB programmer already in place at
the store.
MTI Part # 153-0433-0311

AX6084 MICRO/MECHANICAL
PUCK ONLY TGT

Micro Mech For use with MTI


security base to This is a Dummy / non powered puck
AX6084
MTI Part # 153-0750-0011 hold phones and unit to hold dummy devices.
tablets

Security Parts MTI

AX6532 KIT X-WING BRACKET


MICRO WHITE Expanded bracket that attaches to the
normal MTI security puck with two
X-WING BRACKET, WHITE, For use with MTI screws. This expansion plate get VHB
AX6532 MICRO 157 puck and attached adhesive added to bond it to the
Tablets tablet to add additional surface area
for the larger device specifically
Tablets and smaller laptops
MTI Part # 185-2573-0011
Business\Internal

AX6375 AIR TETHER,FRDM


MICRO,CONDUCTIVE
This is a standard tether for post #
Freedom Micro Tether AX6060. The tethers come in two
types. (Pull) ones that will extend 24
AX6375 inches from the base or (Non Pull)
(Pull) those that have an option to lock the
tether from be extracted. This is the
MTI Part # XX XX XX non-locking PULL type

AX6732 AIR,TETHER,SHORT
PULL,FRDM MICRO This is a standard tether for post #
AX6060. The tethers come in two
types. (Pull) ones that will extend 24
Freedom Micro Tether
AX6732 inches from the base or (Non Pull)
those that have an option to lock the
(Non-Pull) tether from be extracted. This is the
locking optional type .
MTI Part # 013-0149-0023

This is the replacement security puck


for the standard MTI base kit to fit a
AX6081 FREEDOM MICRO camera installation. The adjustable
12V DIGITAL PUCK WH arms are to keep the camera from
For use with MTI turning on the base once installed.
AX6081 EE/SECURITY/MTI security base to This puck is powered by the security
MICRO/CAMERA PUCK hold cameras base. The puck does not come
programmed and The security puck
need to be programmed with the
MTI Part # 153-0790-0111
USB programmer already in place at
the store.

Inline style anti rotational


arms
Dual stop brackets for use with MTI
pucks (DSLR or Non DSLR
MTI Part # 575-1206-0011
AX6471 cameras) to keep cameras and
brackets from being spun off of the
** No longer available as or
puck.
5-10-24

AX6472 BRACKET,ANTI
ROTATIONARM PUCK WHI “U” shaped bracket for use with
AX6472 MTI pucks to keep DSLR cameras
Inline style anti rotational and brackets from being spun off of
arms the puck.

MTI Part # 575-1206-0011

AX6083 EE/SECURITY/POWER
SUPPLY ONLY Same as item listed above
For use as
EE/SECURITY/MTI replacement MTI
security base
MICRO/POWER SUPPLY ONLY power supply This power supply is rated at
AX6083 20 2 per trunk stock per non camera 5.14volt – 3 Amp output. This power
district devices only. supply should only be used for non
camera devices.

EE/SECURITY/MTI
MICRO/POWER SUPPLY This power supply is rated at 5volt –
ONLY 5 Amp output. This unit is designed
For use as
for camera based units but can be
replacement MTI
AX6131 MTI Part # security base
sued for both camera and non
camera devices.
power supply
400-0174-00
Business\Internal

Micro Base power supply AC


power cord.
Same as item listed above
AX6127 MTI Part #
422-0251-00 120 AC power cord for both AX6083
and AX6131 base power supplies

MTI Screamer Parts (Laptop Security)

This is the complete kit


AX6114 for the MTI self
EE/MITLAPTOPS,SECURITY contained security units. This kit is
designed for one piece Laptops and
TETHER,TGT large tablets. These units need to be
For use with One
AX6114 piece Laptops programmed with the MCP
KIT, CORE II SCREAMER programmer located at the store. The
ASSEMBLY, Standard larger security connector will be
placed on the laptop.
MTI # may vary slightly Link to examples

VHB Adhesive and Kits

AX6469
PAD,VHB,PUCK,FRDM MICRO
20PK REVB This Very High Bond
For use with MTI
adhesive tape is used to
security Pucks.
secure the MTI security
ELE/PAD, VHB, PUCK, FRDM Also can be used
AX6469 for general
pucks to the phone or
MICRO, 3M 5962, tablet units. Devices must be cleaned
purpose.
with Alcohol wipes prior to
installation.

MTI Part # 454-0144-20

Target Project Only AX6469 Adhesive Puck Pad TGT / USCC


Single VHB
For use with MTI
This Very High Bond
security Pucks.
ELE/PAD, VHB, PUCK, FRDM adhesive tape is used to
Also can be used
AX6469 MICRO, 3M 5962,
for general
secure the MTI security
pucks to the phone or
purpose.
Single piece tablet units. Devices must be cleaned
with Alcohol wipes prior to installation.
MTI Part # 202-5000-014

AX6718 REPLACEMENT
VHB,X-WING MICRO 5PK

VHB FOR THE MTI X-WING For use with MTI This is the custom fit Very High Bond
AX6718 puck and attached adhesive the holds the AX 6532 plate
BRACKET TO SECURE TABLETS Tablets to the tablet or laptop.
157

MTI Part # 454-0201-05


Business\Internal

AX7604 KIT,CORE
II,VHB,REPLACEMENT REV.A Similar to the
AX6864 but
This Very High Bond
ELE/PAD, VHB, Screamer full without the small
adhesive tape is used to
secondary sensor
AX7604 kit, secure the MTI “Screamer” security
squares.
pucks to the Laptops only. Devices
Used for Laptop screamers must be
For use
cleaned with alcohol wipes
specifically with
prior to installation.
single Pack enough for 1 MTI “screamer”
screamer. security Pucks

Used to provide a smooth surface for


AX6776 TRANSFER TAPE MTI pucks to adhere to in the case of
AX6776
APPLE TV 2.5x2.5 devices with contoured or textured
casing. Not specifically for Apple
Apple TV Transfer Tape products.

Phone Specific Security

This units gets placed


AX5755 SHUKO RX MICRO onto the MTI security
ASSEMBLY PEARL puck to assist in holding
the phone unit in place. And to
EE/Shuko RX bracket Phone for MTI provide an additional layer of security
AX5755 base only for the device This bracket will be
placed on devices that the store PML
(Most common phone
deems high risk for theft.
bracket used) (NOTE) Do not over tighten when
installing. Link to use example
MTI Part # 185-2409-00

AX6793 SHUKO XL,MICRO This units gets placed


onto the MTI security
BRACKET REV.C TG puck to assist in holding
the phone unit in place. And to
EE/Shuko XL bracket Phone for MTI provide an additional layer of security
AX6793 base only for the device This bracket will be
placed on devices that the store PML
(Used with larger model deems high risk for theft.
phones) (NOTE) Do not over tighten when
installing. Link to use example
MTI Part # 185-2803-0023

202-5803-000
RX,ASS,4ARM,BRACKET
PEARL C

AX7027 Samsung specific Shuko Bracket Universal Phone Double


bracket Arm Shuko TGT

Adjustable Mobile Phone


Shuko Bracket
Business\Internal

AX6644 ADJUSTABLE
TABLET BRACKET REGULAR
AX6644
MTI Universal security
bracket

Miscellaneous Security Parts

Boat Style Supplies

AX3707 EREDER DISPLAY


POST This is the inline style
E Reader style
AX3707 passive security post.
Inline riser shelf style – E -- This is designed to Post
Reader post
work with Claw type AX3707

brackets to secure
Tablets and phones.
This is a shallow
AX6644 lipped (approx. ¼”
AX6644 ADJUSTABLE TABLET deep) adjustable
BRACKET REGULAR
bracket to be used
E-Reader Universal bracket with non protective
Bracket
covered tablets and AX6644
phones.
This is a deep lipped
(Approx ½ “)
AX6645 adjustable bracket to
AX6645 ADJUSTABLE TABLET be used with Kids or
BRACKET KIDS covered tablets and
E-Reader Universal bracket phones.
Kids Bracket
*** To Be used with AX6645

Kids bumper
covered tablets

This is the tile piece


designed to hold the
Boat style –E-Reader Plate E-Reader passive
AX6018
No longer available after 5- tether unit in place.
10-24 For the Boat style
display only, not the
inline version.
Business\Internal

Used to convert Boat


X7160 POST REPLACEMENT
CHIP style displays to use
AX7160 MTI inline security
MTI Boat to Inline Conversion
Plate components.

Store To Order Items (SAP) Flex Shelves


Overview Video
Please NOTE the Flex shelf
There are several part numbers units can NOT be ordered by
however the 4 most common are BDS… The Store will need to
listed below in BOLD. order these units using the
SAP or GoKart internal order
process.
AS0299 4’ X 18” 2 slot flex shelf
AS0265 4’ X 18” 1 slot flex shelf This is done by the Store
LOD or department Team
AS0264 3’ X 18” 1 slot flex shelf
Lead through the store SAP
AS0304 3’ X 18” 2 slot flex shelf system
AX5692 4ft 1 slot top shelf only
AX6155 40” 1 slot top shelf only Flex Shelf Kit, this is the shelf
AX5691 4ft 2 slot top shelf only designed to hold the MTI
security components. This is
AX6157 40” 2 slot top shelf only
used for Tablet and Laptop
FX0086 4ft Magnetic label strip islands, Inline cameras, inline
FX0087 3ft Magnetic label strip wearable’s. Also preferred for
AS0273 3’ X 12” 1 slot flex shelf all other island displays.
AS0336 3’ X 18” 2 slot flex shelf
AS0337 3’ X 18” 1 slot flex shelf For shelf parts, or service, please
AS0271 40” X 18” 1 slot flex shelf contact
AS0305 40” X 18” 2 slot flex shelf Lynx Innovation
Phone: 888-539-5969
AS0272 4’ X 12” 1 slot flex shelf Normal business hours 8:00am -
6:00pm (CST)
AS0307 4’ X 12” 2 slot flex shelf

Flex shelf extenders

These are used in 2.0 store type


locations or anyplace where the
backer shelf elements do not allow
the flex shelves to connect directly
into the standard gondola

BDS Support CAN NOT order

TCIN: 82304774
Legacy ID: ZG0567PW

Target TV Wall Guide


Hint:
LG Brand Tech
To test if a TV remote is
Samsung Brand Tech functional….Volume +
button while pointing it at
your phone camera. A light
illuminating from the remote.
Business\Internal

TCL Brand Tech

VIZIO Brand Tech

Hisense Brand Tech

Westinghouse Brand Tech

ROKU Brand Tech

TV Installation Guide step by step

BDS TV Wall responsibility:

The TV Wall will also be supported by BDS in the following manner:

• BDS will audit and troubleshoot the TV’s only on the TV Wall displays
• BDS will ensure TVs are set to the correct source input mode and displays are
playing the correct content.
• BDS will replace missing/defective USB sticks. PMLs will assist in working on top
row of TVs.
• BDS will partner with store team to escalate to the CSC if unable to resolve an
issue.
• BDS will maintain all aspects of the Samsung and LG Brand statements during
normal continuity visits.
• BDS will work with store team for replacing TVs with box stock if TV needs
replaced.
o This is true for the bottom row only
• PMLs will be responsible for TV replacement on top row.

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

LG TV Wall Information
Factory reset:
• Gear icon on remote
• Gear icon on screen
• Support
• Reset to Initial Settings >> Follow
onscreen instruction for final steps

Demo mode settings:


Store demo mode settings
• Gear icon on remote
• Gear icon on screen
• Support Setting
• Home // Store Mode = STORE Icon
• Store Mode settings
• E Streamer = OFF
• Notifications = OFF
• USB Security = OFF

Other settings:
The HDMI input should be set to HDMI # 1

Confirming Model on display


• Gear icon on remote
• Gear icon on screen
• Support
• Scroll down to TV info // About TV
OR
• Use factory Energy Guide sticker
• Use TV model sticker on back of unit.

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

LG TV list diagrams
LG 50 UT7570 (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-5599
Store DPCI: 008-09-6722
LG 55 UT7570 (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-7019
Store DPCI: 008-09-0253
LG 65 UT7570 (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-4866
Store DPCI: 008-09-7114
LG 75 UT7090 (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-5970
Store DPCI: 008-09-3670
LG QNED80T 55" (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-3514
Store DPCI: 008-09-7581
LG 55" OLED B4 Series (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-0215
Store DPCI: 008-09-2376

DPCI
DPCI 008-09-XXXX
008-09-XXXX

120 AC

HDMI 2
HDMI 1

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

HDMI 2
HDMI 1

LAN
HDMI 2
USB 2 Digital
HDMI 3 USB 1

USB 2

Back View
Business\Internal

Samsung Brand information


Factory reset:
1) With a Samsung remote select the home Icon
2) From home screen / Select “All Settings” then left arrow
3) Open Settings, right arrow over to “All Settings”
4) Scroll down and then select General. & Privacy
5) Select Reset, enter your PIN (0000 is the default), select (OK) and then Reset.
6) To complete the reset, select OK. Your TV will restart automatically.

Display Mode:
If the wall TV (Red Channel) is playing other
content this is likely the issue)
Turning OFF store demo mode (E-pop):
1) With a Samsung remote select the
home Icon
2) From home screen / Select “All
Settings” then left arrow
3) Open Settings, right arrow over to “All Settings”
4) Arrow down to “System Manager”
5) Choose Home / Retail mode (Select Home for use with Target display models)

Confirming Model on display


• (Using Remote) SETTINGS / Support / About This TV / Model # displayed
• Use factory Energy Guide sticker
• Use TV model sticker on back of unit.

(TV Remote pairing)


• Make sure the TV is powered on
• Place the smart remote 2 inches away from the TV you
are pairing it with
• Press and hold down on the PLAY / PAUSE + the RETURN
button at the same time.
• The TV will prompt a message that it is pairing with the
Samsung smart remote
• The TV will then prompt you when it has been fully
paired

NOTE… Be sure that the remote is paired with the correct


TV. Due to pairing technology, other Samsung TV’s can pick
up the same remote signal while pairing. To avoid
confusion with other TV’s pair the remote within just a few
inches of the TV you are working with.

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Samsung TV Multiview (How to disable)


• Press the Settings button on your TV remote. Then navigate
to General & Privacy.

• Navigate down and select Start Screen Options.

• Toggle Autorun Multi View Mirroring to off (so the circle on


the side is gray) — this ensures Multi View doesn't run
automatically when you mirror or AirPlay your phone's screen
to the TV.

• Toggle Autorun Multi View Casting to off — this ensures


Multi View doesn't run automatically when you cast e.g.
YouTube videos to your TV.

• Your settings should look like those in the screenshot here.

Samsung TV list diagrams


Samsung 50" UN50DU7200 (Red Ch) DPCI: 008-94-0217
Store DPCI: 008-09-7356
Samsung 55" UN55DU7200 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-0218
Store DPCI: 008-09-1775
Samsung 55" QLED QN55Q60D (Red Ch) DPCI: 008-94-2447
Store DPCI: 008-09-6532
Samsung 65" UN65DU7200 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-5168
Store DPCI: 008-09-5602
Samsung 75" UN75DU7200 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-2909
Store DPCI: 008-09-3039
Samsung 50" DU8000 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-8718
Store DPCI: 008-09-4908
Samsung 55" UN55DU8000 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-8002
Store DPCI: 008-09-8100
Samsung Frame 55" (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-4934
Store DPCI: 008-09-2346
Samsung Frame 65" (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-5247
Store DPCI: 008-09-8597
Business\Internal

Frame TV setup

Samsung TV backside image

USB 1 is default port


USB 1 for Demo content

USB 2

Digital Back View

HDMI 3 120 AC
Power

HDMI 2

HDMI 1

LAN IR Sensor
Power Select
HDMI 4 Button

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

TCL Brand information


PLEASE NOTE – As of 1-2-25 This TV
may have to be paired with a remote to
access setting menu.

To Pair Remote: Press and hold the


HOME and OK buttons on your remote, at
the same time.

Your TCL TV and remote control are now


paired.

Factory reset:
1) Select the Home button on your remote to open the main screen.
2) Select Settings.
3) Select System (or)
4) Select Advanced system settings.
5) Select Reset
6) Select Factory reset.
7) Select Erase Everything
8) Enter requested PIN
9) Select OK

Post factory reset Settings


1) You will first see a colored box
2) At option select
3) Language “English” > Region “United States” >
4) Select “Setup Basic TV”
5) For Network scroll to the bottom of the list and select “SKIP”
6) Select “Accept Terms”
7) Select or SKIP Pair Remote
8) Arrow right / Select Time zone
9) Select Terms and Service / Select All and Agree
10) Select “No Thanks” for auto updates
11) Setup complete = Done
12) Select the input for the HDMI “Red Channel”
13) Set volume level to (7)
(This should be in HDMI port # 1)
Business\Internal

Turning OFF store demo mode (E-POP):


• See factory reset steps above
Alternate method
1) On remote select “Settings” (Gear button)
2) Arrow down to “System”
3) Go to “Advanced Settings”
4) Select “Store Mode” for Usage Mode

Other settings:
Settings on Remote // System // Power and energy // Quick Starts
The any HDMI input should be set to HDMI # 1

Confirming Model on display


(Using Remote) HOME button / Settings / System / About / Model # displayed
Use factory Energy Guide sticker
Use TV model sticker on back of unit.

Troubleshooting stuck or locked email request screen:


You will need to access the hidden display
menu
To do so:
• Using the ROKU remote go to the TV
“Home” screen.
• Again on the remote press the
buttons in the following order:
• Home button five times
• Fast forward / Play pause /Rewind /
Play pause / Fast forward
• From the screen that comes up,
select the “System Operations
Menu”
• From here you can then select “System Reboot”
Link to example video:

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

TCL TV list diagrams


TCL 50" 50S551G (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-4166
Store DPCI: 008-09-0111
TCL 55" 55S551G (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-0221
Store DPCI: 008-09-5887
TCL 65" 65Q651G (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-0668
Store DPCI: 008-09-0035
TCL 55Q651G (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-0668
Store DPCI: 008-09-0035

USB

HDMI 1

HDMI 2

HDMI 3

HDMI 4

Ant
USB

Audio Out
Digital

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

VIZIO Brand information


Factory reset (Using the Remote)

For new models (M & V Models)


1. Using any VIZIO remote, press the Gear button
2. Go to the All Setting option.
3. Use the Arrow buttons on the remote to highlight Admin & Privacy and press OK
4. Use the Arrow buttons on the remote to highlight Reset to Factory Settings and press OK
5. Highlight the Reset TV option and press OK

Post factory reset setup:


1) Select English
2) Wait about 2 minutes for the Remote / Mic pair option
to timeout. It will then allow you to Skip or do later.
3) Skip the Wifi setup section (do later)
4) Accept all terms and conditions until you get to
Decline activity Data. For this you will select SKIP
5) Setup is now complete

Demo mode should be set to Demo mode 2

If there are any overlays or additional content on the screen the TV is likely
set to the incorrect (demo mode 1) store demo mode.

To remove change demo mode. (Also see below)


1) Using any VIZIO remote, press the Gear button
2) Go to the All Setting option.
3) Use the Arrow buttons on the remote to highlight Admin & Privacy and press OK
4) From here you can select store demo and make sure Demo 2 is selected

To remove demo mode:


Power off TV // Power on TV // use remote to select input to exit demo launch countdown
and exit demo mode.

VIZIO Confirming Display Mode: >>

The TVs on the wall should be running the Target Red Channel content.

Other settings:
For red channel play only The HDMI input should be set to HDMI # 1
Business\Internal

Setting the TV to Demo mode II


(This is the mode that will allow Target Red
Channel to play correctly)

1) Connect the media player (HDMI 1 Red


Channel) to the TV before starting.

2) Use your VIZIO TV remote for the following


steps.

3) Press the MENU button on the remote and highlight


ADMIN & PRIVACY and then OK on the remote.

4) Highlight DEMO 2 and then OK.

5) A countdown will appear.

6) The media content (HDMI 1 Red Channel) will


show after the countdown completes.
If you would like to exit Demo mode, push the
BACK button on the remote.

Confirming Model on display


(Using Remote) MENU button / System /
System Information / Model # displayed
Use factory Energy Guide sticker
Use TV model sticker on back of unit.
Business\Internal

VIZIO TV list diagrams

VIZIO 50 V4K50M-08 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-4137


Store DPCI: 008-09-0116
Vizio 55 V4K55M-08 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-0214
Store DPCI: 008-09-9716
Vizio 55" M55Q6-L4 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-0225
Store DPCI: 008-09-8115
Vizio 65" M65Q6-L4 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-4995
Store DPCI: 008-09-0136
Vizio 65 V4K65M-08 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-1105
Store DPCI: 008-09-4556
VIZIO 75" V4K75M-08 (Red Channel) DPCI: 008-94-2916
Store DPCI: 008-09-6771

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Hisense Brand information


PLEASE NOTE – As of 2-15-24 This TV may have moved from Roku to Google
based units so the old ROKU remotes will not work for full
functionality

Factory reset:
1) To access the remote you will first need to enter
(UP, DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT) on the directional pad.
2) Select the Gear button on your remote to open the main
screen.
3) Select Settings.
4) Select System (or)
5) Select Restart // Restart Now // Restart

Post factory reset Settings


Turn off Wifi access:
1) To access the remote you will first need to enter
(UP, DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT) on the directional pad.
2) Select the Gear button on your remote to open the main
screen.
3) Select Settings
4) Network & Internet // Wifi = OFF
5) Scanning networks = OFF

HDMI must be in port # 1:

Store Mode Setting:


1) To access the remote you will first need to enter
(UP, DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT) on the directional pad.
2) Select the Gear button on your remote to open the main screen.
3) Select Settings
4) Select System
5) Advanced Settings
6) Store Mode = OFF (This will disable the E-POP)

TV Volume must be set to zero

Power mode settings:


*** (If store mode is off to disable E-Pop the below power setting must be turned on)

• Settings // System // Power on Behavior = Last Used Input


• Settings // System // Power On Mode = Remember

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Hisense TV list diagrams


Hisense 50" 50A7N (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-3926
Store DPCI: 008-09-5162

Hisense 55" 55A7N (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-2668


Store DPCI: 008-09-3357

Reset Button

HDMI 1

HDMI 2

HDMI 3
USB A

Ethernet

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Westinghouse Brand information

Factory reset (generic):


Factory Reset
1) Turn the TV on by pressing the Power button on the main unit or on the remote.
2) Navigate the menu by using the Remote Control. ...
3) Press the Home button on the remote and navigate to TV Settings
4) Then select System
5) Then select Advance system settings
6) Choose Factory Reset Everything
7) You will then need to input the four digit number requested by the TV.
8) Select Factory Reset Everything // Then Confirm
9) Your TV will be reset to its factory default settings.
10) When the TV powers back on after restart, DO NOT set the TV to store mode.

Demo configuration settings:


After factory reset or out of box setup:

Select English
• Setup for STORE use

Turning OFF store demo mode (E-POP):


• Home Icon > Settings > System > Store Settings > Uncheck box

Westinghouse TV Stuck on account screen:


This condition can also occur on the ROKU branded TVs

You may run into a setup condition where the TV is locked onto an account screen
as shown here. The remote will seem unresponsive in exiting from this screen. Even
after a power down the TV will return to the screen. In this case we need to use the
ALTERNAT FACTORY RESET STEPS as discussed in the next section.

To factory reset from the screen shown above:


1. Select the “ENTER EMAIL ADDRESS” option.
2. On the next page enter a fake email address like ABC@gmail.com.
3. Then select enter.
Business\Internal

4. While the TV is attempting to send a contact to this fake email address you will
notice an option at the bottom of the screen for “Additional Settings”.
5. Once you are here you will see the “FACTORY RESET” option.
6. Select this and return to the normal factory rest process above.
7. After selecting “ENGLISH” you will be able to place the TV in “STORE MODE”
8. And then turn OFF the E-POP check box as stated above.

The inset button on the back of the


TV seems to place the TV into a
“SOFT BOOT” state. For a proper
factory reset see the steps above.
If a system restart and soft factory
reset don't work, or your Roku TV,
box, or stick isn't responding to your
remote commands, your final choice
is to initiate a hardware factory reset.

1. Find the reset button on your Roku TV, streaming stick, or box.
2. Press and hold the reset button for about 20 seconds.
3. When the factory reset is complete, the power indicator light on the Roku
device will blink rapidly. Release the reset button.

See video example here.

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Westinghouse TV list diagrams

50" 4K Ultra UHD Roku Smart TV (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-0220


Store DPCI: 008-09-1640
55" 4K Ultra UHD Roku Smart TV (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-5932
Store DPCI: 008-09-0064

USB 1&2

HDMI 1 Arc

HDMI 2

HDMI 3

HDMI 4

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

ROKU Brand information

Factory reset (generic):


Factory Reset
1) Turn the TV on by pressing the Power button on the main unit or on the remote.
2) Navigate the menu by using the Remote Control. ...
3) Press the Home button on the remote and navigate to TV Settings
4) Then select System
5) Then select Advance system settings
6) Choose Factory Reset Everything
7) You will then need to input the four digit number requested by the TV.
8) Select Factory Reset Everything // Then Confirm
9) Your TV will be reset to its factory default settings.
10) When the TV powers back on after restart, DO NOT set the TV to store mode.

Demo configuration settings:


After factory reset or out of box setup:

NOTE *** You may need to pair the remote to start. If so see info below.

Select English
• Setup for STORE us
• Once store use is selected then:

Turning OFF store demo mode


(E-POP):
• Home Icon > Settings > System > Store
Settings > Uncheck box

ROKU TV Stuck on account screen:


You may run into a setup condition where the TV is locked onto an account screen
as shown here. The remote will seem unresponsive in exiting from this screen. Even
after a power down the TV will return to the screen. In this case we need to use the
ALTERNAT FACTORY RESET STEPS as discussed in the next section.

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

To factory reset from the screen shown above:


9. Select the “ENTER EMAIL ADDRESS” option.
10. On the next page enter a fake email address like ABC@gmail.com.
11. Then select enter.
12. While the TV is attempting to send a contact to this fake email address you
will notice an option at the bottom of the screen for “Additional Settings”.
13. Once you are here you will see the “FACTORY RESET” option.
14. Select this and return to the normal factory rest process above.
15. After selecting “ENGLISH” you will be able to place the TV in “STORE
MODE”
16. And then turn OFF the E-POP check box as stated above.

The inset button on the back of the


TV seems to place the TV into a
“SOFT BOOT” state. For a proper
factory reset see the steps above.
If a system restart and soft factory
reset don't work, or your Roku TV,
box, or stick isn't responding to your
remote commands, your final choice
is to initiate a hardware factory reset.
4. Find the reset button on your Roku TV, streaming stick, or box.
5. Press and hold the reset button for about 20 seconds.
6. When the factory reset is complete, the power indicator light on the Roku
device will blink rapidly. Release the reset button.

To Pair TV Remote:
*** NOTE This may not be required on ROKU TV made after 4-1-24
The remote may not need to be paired but if it does here are the steps
to do so.
• To pair the remote, remove the battery cover of the remove and press the pairing button
for 5 seconds.
• If the remote is rechargeable and does not have a removable battery cover, hold the
back arrow and home buttons together for 5 seconds.
• The screen will indicate that the remote pairing process has started.

Note: make sure the remote is charged or has batteries!

• Once the remote pairing process is complete, you will see a green check mark on
screen.
• Now you can select the language - English at new setup startup

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

ROKU TV list diagrams


Roku 55" Select 4K HDR 55R4A4 (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-0216
Store DPCI: 008-09-4767
Roku 65" Select 4K HDR 65R4A4 (Red Channel) DPCI 008-94-4725
Store DPCI: 008-09-5887

HDMI Port 1

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Target TV Installation Guidelines


NOTE**** This process can take 30+ minutes per TV to complete so be sure that
you have the time before starting the project as we can NOT stop in the middle of
this installation.

** NOTE: If there is no Target personnel to help support this effort DO NOT


continue.

Determine missing TV

• Use BDS call form listing to determine if any units are missing from store planogram
• ID missing TV’s and let the store know the status.
• You can use the TV DPCI number and Zebra device to confirm what content is to be playing.
• Work with Plano team lead and PML to confirm they have given you approval to assist in
pulling from inventory and placing missing TV’s.

Pull TV from inventory

• Work with store to locate correct TV based on DPCI number


and model.
** NOTE: If there is no Target personnel to help support this
effort DO NOT continue.
• Use Zebra device to locate TV storage spot in back room.
• When removing from back room use Zebra device to perform
a “TAKE” from inventory to allow Target to keep inventory
counts accurate for the store.

Bring TV to floor
• Physically moving the TV is a two person
job.
• Always use correct lifting form when
working with heavy and oversized
displays.
• Work with Target backroom logistics to
pull TV’s as they will typically be up high in
storage.
• DO NOT climb on racks or attempt to
operate electric fork lift.
• Use a flatbed cart to bring the TV unit to
the sales floor for placement.
• Always travel TV in an upright position on
the cart. Get help to stabilize the TV for the move. Back To Top TV Wall Index
Business\Internal

Un-box and prep TV

• Once on the sales floor be sure the area for install is


prepped and ready to go. HDMI cables tested and ran,
AC power available, and hanger bracket in good order
(unbent and seated fully in upright notches) with
mounting hardware ready to go.

• Un-box the TV and either lay face down on cardboard


or foam or have a helper hold the TV in the upright
position as you install the brackets for hanging.
o Never rest the TV against a hard surface

• When you lift an unboxed TV be sure to lift from the


bottom and DO NOT “pinch” the screen between your
fingers and thumb to get a grip on the TV. This can
easily cause permanent screen damage.

• Before mounting the TV, note where HDMI port # 1 is


located along with any USB ports that may be required
to install or run the correct demo content.

• Keep trash picked up as you go to prevent tripping


hazards for you and Target guests.

• ** NEVER lean the TV against a hard surface to work


on it.
• ** NEVER leave the TV unit unattended until it has
been fully installed on the wall.
• ** ALWAYS when working on the TV be conscious of Target guest safety.

Bracket installation

• Brackets to hang the TV’s are universal and will


come in two sizes.
o Smaller single piece for TV’s under 40”.
o Larger multi-piece brackets for TV 40” and
larger.
• You will need to work with the store PML or Plano
Lead to acquire the bolts, washers and spacers
required to install the brackets.

• The TV will have hardware in the box but this needs to stay with the box and is not
designed to work with these brackets.

• If you are removing a TV to install this unit first check to see if the bracket hardware
can be reused for the new installation.

• See link below to video that discusses the two types of brackets and how they are
used / installed.
Business\Internal

Bracket description video (Bracket section only of overview


video)

• Install the TV channel brackets or support plate (depending on TV size) using the
located hardware.
• Center these pieces on back of TV as best as possible for optimal install options.

Various hangers pictured below:


40” + Single 40” + Single 40” + Installed
Mounting Rail Hanger Bracket Mounting Assembly

Rails to be
centered
on TV

Remove these pins


to pull TV from wall

< 40” Installed


Mounting Assembly
Business\Internal

< 40” Hanger Bracket

One Piece
Mount Plate

Use this measurement


to help set TV to
common row height

Apply spacers as required to allow the TV to be displayed at the correct angle.


• This is most relevant when dealing with TV units with a curved back panel.
• Next install the hangar brackets in a position that will best allow the top of the
TV to be lined up with other similar sized units on display.
• Measuring down from the top of the TV to the top of the hangar bracket will
allow you to position these pieces correct the first time.
Business\Internal

Spacers are required


for curved back TV’s

Close up of TV
Hanger positioned
Hanging the TV on mounting rail.
• Before hanging the TV, be sure your area is clear of
any trash or tripping hazards.
• Also, be sure the power cable for the TV is secured to
the TV so it is out of the way to avoid stepping on it
while mounting.
• With assistance, lift the TV into place.
o Always use proper lifting technique.
• When you lift an unboxed TV be sure to lift from the
bottom and DO NOT pinch the screen to get a grip on
the TV. This can easily cause permanent screen
damage.
• Place the TV onto the support rail with the bottom of
the TV angled inward.

• Lift slightly while rolling the TV back until the hangar


brackets “drop” into place.
o You will know they are positioned as the TV will
drop onto the rail and you will hear a click as the retainer button lock into place.
• While maintaining support of the unit. Have a second person look behind the TV to
check for correct and fully seated installation.
• DO NOT leave the TV until you have confirmed the installation is complete.
• Once installed you can install all HDMI cables and plug in AC power to the
unit.

Back To Top
TV Wall Index
Business\Internal

TV Positioning
• TV’s are to be positioned with the tops of like sized units as level as possible.
• TV’s should also have similar spacing for a particular section.
• To Adjust the TV’s horizontal position, remove and reposition the sliding hanging
brackets on the back side, as shown above.
• To Adjust the TV’s side to side spacing position, slide the units freely on the rail
into position.
• TV’s should be centered with the unit above it unless same row spacing is affected.

The Details
• Be sure to work with the store to get fact tags and DPCI information placed on the
TV when possible.
o Also place the Energy Guide” Yellow sticker on the TV.
o Place this sticker at the top right for bottom row units and at the bottom right
for all others.
• Be sure to pull the TV remote from the box if the store does not have a good
remote available to use for programming the unit.
• Be sure the unit is configured as per the content requirement in the BDS call form.
o If parts are required such as USB content get this on order through the BDS
Target Support Team.
• Be sure to work with the Electronics departments lead or the plano team lead to
store the opened box in the correct location for resale when required.

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Back To Top TV Wall Index


Business\Internal

Target Terminology

➢ Store Size Designations - Larger Stores (E&E) Medium stores (P0409)


Express stores (P09)
➢ Adjacency – A Planogram layout showing placement of merchandise
categories within the store
➢ Back stock – Excess product that will not fit on the sales floor. A back stock
items location is systematically recorded by scanning the item and stockroom
location label
➢ Baffle – An item in the backroom that has not been systematically recorded;
this increases the likelihood of sales floor out-of- stocks because the system
doesn’t know the item is in a location and will not include it in pull batches to fill
the sales floor
➢ DC – Distribution Center
➢ DCOTA - Stands for Demo Content Over The Air This is a display that
updates from being connected to the host servers over WiFi.
➢ District – Stores within a group and region (8-20)
➢ DTL – District team leader
➢ DPCI – Abbreviation for department, class identifier // This is the inventory
number given to all items in the store regardless of sellable stock or display
units. Display units will have a xxx-94-xxx identifier in the number if they are
non-sellable items.
➢ Endcap – Display fixture with shelves located at the end of gondolas (usually
facing traffic aisles)
➢ ETL – Executive team leader (Each department will have an ETL over that area.
➢ Electronics ETL – In charge of the sales merchandising of the electronics
department
➢ GM ETL (General Merchandising) = Backroom ETL
➢ Facing – Vertical or horizontal number of items on a planogrammed display
➢ Ghost – An item the store thinks is in a certain area of the backroom, but it
actually isn’t ghosts cause lost productivity because systems keep sending
team members to backroom locations that don’t really contain needed items for
a pull
➢ Gondola – Long, narrow display fixture, usually with shelves and/or peg hooks
➢ Store Group – Stores comprised of several districts (60-80)
➢ ISM – In-store marketing/signing
➢ MIR- Merchandise In Return….. These are items that are to be pulled and
Business\Internal

returned to the manufacturer


➢ Not On Planogram (NOP) – An item that is legal for Target, but is not set up as
a part of a planogrammed display at this store
➢ On-hand – Amount of merchandise physically available for purchase
➢ Planogram (POG) – A picture or layout plan that describes the exact quantity
and location in which an items is to be displayed on the sales floor
➢ PML – Abbreviation for Property Management Lead. This person is in charge of
building maintenance and day to day functional operations. Uniform is a grey
shirt with Red Target lettering.
➢ PMBP - Abbreviation for Property Management Business Partner. This is the
district or regional manager of all of the local PML’s for the area.
➢ PMD – Abbreviation for Property Management Director. This is the manager of
all of the regional PMBPs for the area
➢ Pull – The process of systematically taking merchandise out the backroom and
moving it to the sales floor
➢ POG Revision – New merchandise for an existing planogram
➢ Racetrack – This is the main customer Aisle that runs the perimeter of the
store. ALL of the outside Aisles of the store touch this main Aisle.
➢ RTV – Return To Vendor… This is a process for pulling and returning vendor
display material.
➢ Shelf label – A 1x3” self-adhesive sign that is applied to a shelf lip or used on a
peg hook, and contains price information for the guest and information
necessary for the stocking process
➢ Side caps – A wire fixture attached to the side of end caps that houses related
impulse merchandise
➢ SD – Store Director (Replaced old LOD term. ) This is the store lead for the
active shift.
➢ STO – The STO application allows backroom team members to tell the
Stockroom Location System that they’ve placed merchandise in a particular
backroom location

Back To Top
Business\Internal

DPCI List for all displays


Display Name DPCI How to order Notes

Altec Lansing HYDRA Speaker 008-94-0173


Altec Lansing speakers 2ft 4 Removed 10-15-21
position 2021
Altec Lansing Rock Box 008-94-0109

Altec Lansing Sound Rover Speaker 008-94-0149

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Store section

Display List
A picture containing text, indoor, computer, table

Description automatically generated

2.0 Bose Flex / Revolve Portable Plus II 2.0 Bose 500 / Portable

LG Brand TVs

Bose 2.0
Frames Tower

2.0 Bose 4 speaker set


Business\Internal

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Bose Flex / Revolve Portable Plus Speakers

DPCI numbers
Bose Flex
DPCI 008-94-0194
Bose Revolve II
Portable +
DPCI 008-94-0182

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter
Display Functionality Checklist pliers)

• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times


• Button on speakers can control demo launch
• Buttons on base can also control speaker demo launch
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speakers have a power LED on the top / front that should be illuminated
• NOTE ***
• The demo is controlled with the speaker buttons. The base has no
control, and does not require illuminated function buttons

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display


1) Lift Flex Shelf
2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Speaker Plays constantly • Demo function switch (located next to the SD card) is in the
when powered Headphone or DOWN position. This switch needs to be in
the up position for the speakers to function with button
activation.
No sound from speaker • Display not powered
LED on speaker is NOT
• Display needs to be rebooted Hold down (Play / Pause) Button for
illuminated.
10-15 seconds to reboot device
• Speaker not powered, check USB connection from speaker to
medial board
• Brightsign media player has failed
• Brightsign media player power supply has failed (test with known
good from another similar display module)
• Speaker has failed
No sound from speaker • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset. It
LED on speaker IS may take 3-5 minutes for a full reset. DO NOT touch the speaker
illuminated during this process.
No
• Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black plate
when its in place.

• 3.5 mm audio cable between speaker and Brightsign media player


damaged or disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated
in speaker. (Reseat and reset media player)
• USB cable from speaker to USB 700 Hub in the incorrect port.
NOTE that specific speakers are REQUIRED to be plugged into
specific port at the time the media player is reset (powered up).
You can not exchange these cables when the unit is powered up.
See schematic below for details.
• Play button on button control module has failed. Inspect for
damage.
• Control cable between Brightsign media player and button module
damaged or disconnected.
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. NOTE ****
The Micro SD card is likely not interchangeable between other 2.0
base media players. Also, cannot be interchanged between
different Bose media players.
• Media player has failed

• Speaker has failed, test with external source (3.5 mm audio)


Some or all LED button • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset. It
not illuminated may take 3-5 minutes for a full reset. DO NOT touch the speaker
during this process.
• Button module has failed
Business\Internal

One or more LEDs on • Units was reset with the speaker plugged into the incorrect port on
button module blinking and the USB 700 hub. (power off, connect correctly, and reset the
no demo content will play. media player)

NOTES***
None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic Bose Color link II and Micro 2.0 display


HD4 or HD1024 Media Player

Both speakers will connect to one Media player Button Panel


Revolve II

Button Panel
Flex Speaker FLEX

Revolve II +

USB 700
Hub
7 USB C Cable
6
5
USB - C 4
3

connector
2

4 pin
USB - Micro
connector 1

Micro SD
Card
Bright sign
Media Player

Demo Engine
Power supply
Or
XD 4
120AC
power strip

Media player may be on


a splitter or have its own
dedicated power supply

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

12
3

11

6 10
20
Parts Visual – Inside

23 USB controller
cable

24
16 17

21
26

25
22

8 31
5 6 7 8
2
Only present on shared media
player and USB 700 power
supply versions
Business\Internal

All Orderable Part

2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - (Live) Demo Unit 1


2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - Display Bluetooth Pairing DISABLER SD Card 2
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - USB Hub - USB700 Programmable 3
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Demo Engine PSU 12V 65W 4pin 4
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Speaker Bracket 5
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Complete Display 6
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Display Bluetooth Pairing DISABLER SD Card 8
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Complete Display 10
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - (Live) Demo Unit 11
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Speaker Bracket 12
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Demo Pad Power Supply 16
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Demo Pad Power Supply 17
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Demo Pad Inlay 18
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Demo Pad Inlay 19
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Demo Pad Base 20
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Power Adapter - Splitter 4pin F to 4pin M and 21
HD1024 mini barrel
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Cable USB-C Female to USB-A Male 12in 22
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Cable USB - Type A Male to Type C Male 2M 23
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Power Cable C13 Inlet - US 2.5M 24
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Demo Accessory - Brightsign USB700 25
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SL Flex - Demo Engine - Brightsign HD1024 26
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Cable Type A to Micro-B (with Screw Tabs) 2M 27
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers SLR+ II - Demo Pad Connection Bracket 29
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - Cable USB-A to USB-C 90 degree 30
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - SD Card 2118B_UN 8GB 5/22 Flex/R+ HS500 BPHS 31

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Bose Portable Home Speakers DPCI numbers


Bose Portable Home
DPCI 008-94-0142

End
Of
Life Required Tools
• Precision wire cutters
• #1 and #2 Phillips
• Blunt ended tool such
3-1-35 as an Allen wrench
• 9/32 and 7/32 Nut driver
• OR Needle nosed Pliers
• Wide flat scrapper or
putty knife
Display Functionality Checklist
NOTE ***
The demo is controlled with the speaker buttons. The base has no control, and
does not require illuminated function buttons

1) 500 Speaker screen blank when in attract mode.


2) When the Pause / Play button is pressed on 500 the screen will display images and
the audio demo will run.
3) Pressing the PLAY / PAUSE button on the Portable (Taylor) speaker will start demo
content that will interrupt any other demo content that might be playing.
4) Each speaker will control its own volume + / - from top buttons

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display


1) Lift Flex Shelf
2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes
Display not powered • Be sure and confirm the connection between the AC outlet and
the display power brick is fully seated. Look at the LED on the
power brick to be sure it is getting power. If not be sure the AC
side of the power brick is fully seated

• Be sure the flex shelf power strip is turned on.


No sound from any • Display not powered (see above)
speaker when speaker
buttons are pressed
• Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black
plate when its in place.
• Display needs reset (reset time 10-20 minutes, do not touch
display during this process.)
• When powering display down be sure to leave powered off for a full
minute before powering back on.
• Media player not powered (check media player power supply and
connections)

Check connector wiring to confirm wires are seated. You may need
to push in to fully seat.

• USB 700 not powered. Check split power cable from power supply

• USB signal cable between USB 700 splitter and media player
damaged or disconnected.
• USB 700 signal splitter has failed.
Business\Internal

During the first boot, the info screen will show you if the USB
connections are functional or not (even if the initiation fails
this time, and some more reboots are required to finish the
initiation)
Within 1 to 2 min after showing this screen, the STATUS of
each connected product should switch
from ‘Unavailable’ to ‘Enabled’.
Enabled = USB data connection is okay.
Unavailable = No USB data connection.

• So to determine if the USB connection is okay there is no need to


wait 20 minutes for the reboot process.

• SD card content missing damaged or corrupted (You can NOT use


alternate USB content to test this display)

Media player has failed.


• If you need to re-order a new demo engine, you
ALWAYS need to order a new respective micro- SD
card. If you re-use a micro-SD card on a new demo engine
the INIT will fail
• Power down entire display and disconnect AC plug from power
supply Leave powered off for one minute.
• Remove and reinstall (reseat) all connections for all components.
Cables, Speaker, media player, ect.
• Perform a factory reset of the unit as discussed below.

Media player has failed.


• If you need to re-order a new demo engine, you ALWAYS need
to order a new respective micro- SD card. If you re-use a micro-
SD card on a new demo engine the INIT will fail

No sound from a • No power to that individual speaker. (pressing the buttons on top of
single speaker the speaker should cause a LED at the top of the speaker to light)

• Taylor speaker is powered from a USB connection to the USB 700


box.
• USB signal cables on single speaker not seated. (power down
entire display, remove and reseat cables on both ends and restart
display) *** Please note resetting a display that needs to find a
newly connected device can take upward or 50 minutes to finish
the initialization process. (DO NOT touch the display during the
startup process.)
Business\Internal

• Speaker connected to the


incorrect port on the USB 700
signal splitter

• Single speaker has failed. (Call BDS to confirm if it can be ordered


or is a store box stock pull)
• For Taylor …..Bluetooth setup may be interfering with demo
update. Be sure all Bluetooth pairing are cleared and the unit
factory reset before restarting the SD card update. To do so see
the steps listed below (Bluetooth Pairing removal)

Portable does not play • This required a reboot of the device and the media player in that
demo or announces order.
“Please connect to
Bose Application”

NOTES***
None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Bose Portable “Taylor” Bluetooth and factory reset steps:

Portable is ready for demo after the top ring is fully illuminated.

An orange ring on the


Portable means the
device is not charging.

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal
Business\Internal

Display Schematic Bose Home 500, Potable 2.0 display

Speaker 500 Bose Portable


(Taylor)

USB 700
Hub

Power
Supply
7
6
120 5
VAC 4
3
2
USB A 1
Adapter

connector
4 pin
USB C Cable

120
VAC

Splitter
Media player may be on Cable
Demo Engine
a splitter or have its own Power supply

dedicated power supply

Cables must be connected correctly on


powerup or the speakers firmware can
be damaged.

Port 1 = Empty (Previously 500)


Port 2 = Empty
Port 3 = Portable BLACK
Port 4 = Portable RED

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

14

5 2

10
Parts Visual – Inside

2 16
1 4

8 22
3
11

Only present on shared media


player and USB 700 power
supply versions

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

All Orderable Parts

2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - Display Bluetooth Pairing DISABLER SD Card 1


2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - USB Hub - USB700 Programmable 2
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers BPHS - Complete Display (008-94-0142) 3
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers HS500 - Display Bluetooth Pairing DISABLER SD Card 4
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers BPHS - LIve Demo Unit (Black) 5

2.0 Store - Bose Speakers BPHS - Demo Pad Power Supply 8


2.0 Store - Bose Speakers BPHS - Demo Pad Inlay 9
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers BPHS - Demo Pad Base 10

2.0 Store - Bose Speakers BPHS - Speaker Bracket 14


2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - Cable USB-A to USB-C 90 degree 15
2.0 Store - Bose Speakers - SD Card 2118B_UN 8GB 5/22 Flex/R+ HS500 BPHS 16

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Bose 3ft Wearables Endcap


DPCI numbers
DPCI 008-94-0163

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all time
• Selecting a button will launch audio demo content to all demo units
• Vol + / - work to adjust volume
• Museum case has illuminated LED

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Remove any thumbscrews securing the display to the shelf


2) To remove cases, remove #2 Phillips screw from the back of the case behind the
graphics sign.
3) List up on the associated case or graphics to remove.
4) To remove case covers, remove from case graphics to expose securing screw.
5) To access electronic components tilt display back and remove bottom panel cover.
Business\Internal

Common Problems Possible Causes

No sound coming from • Confirm display is plugged in to a working AC power outlet.


any unit
• If power is confirmed, display needs reset (reset time 1-2
minutes, do not touch display during this process.)

• No power getting to AU325 Media Player. Check power supply


cable input (Look for Green LED on power supply)

• No power getting to main power supply Check 120 AC input


• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated.
• Ensure the correct SD card is in place as of 12-2022 we want
2248A_US 15445

• Volume button stuck in Vol – position (Remove and reset to


test)

No sound from a single • Display needs reset (reset time 1-2 minutes, do not touch
unit display during this process.)

• Cable between Demo engine and non-functional unit damaged


or disconnected
• Demo activations play button damaged or disconnected.

• Individual unit has failed (look for LED on headphone or glasses


to confirm power) (Test with known good display device)
• Single port of media player has failed. (Test connected device with
known good ports)

Case LED LOGO light • Check both connections between the LED element and the main
element nonfunctional power supply. Cable could be damaged or disconnected.
(but display is powered)
• LED element damaged or has failed.

NOTES***

• None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic Bose 3ft Wearable Frames endcap

Play / Pause Next Vol - Vol +

SD Card
2248A_US 15445

SD Card

Power
Supply 1 2 3 4 SD
Card
Black NC 700

Media Player
AU325
Black QC 45

6 5 4 3 2 1

Frames Tempo (live)

Display Power Supply Frames Tenor (live)


Museum Case
To 120 AC Delta 65W
LED Panel

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

25
24

9 8
3
15
5 11
10
17 18
Parts Visual – Outside 16 19

20

23

2 13
22

???? 27
Business\Internal

All orderable parts

Bose - 3ft Endcap - Security Lanyard (HP700 & Frames) 1


Bose - 3ft Endcap - Demo Engine Brightsign AU325 (6xUSB) 2
Bose - 3ft Endcap - HP700 Graphic Insert 3
Bose - 3ft Endcap - HP700 (Black) Ear Cushion Kit 4
Bose - 3ft Endcap - HP700 Live Demo Unit (Black) 5
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Acrylic Graphic Holder 6
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Acrylic Graphic Bracket 7
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Sport Earbuds Graphic Insert 8
Bose - 3ft Endcap - QC Earbuds Graphic Insert 9
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Frames Tenor Graphic Insert 10
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Frames Tempo Graphic Insert 11
Bose - 3ft Endcap - QC45 Graphic Insert 12
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Ferrite Bead - For All Demo Frames (Except Tempo) 13
Bose - 3ft Endcap - QC45 Black Replacement Cushions Kit 14
Bose - 3ft Endcap - QC45 Black Live Demo Unit 15
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Button Volume Down 3.3V (AU325 Demo Engine) 16
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Button Volume Up 3.3V (AU325 Demo Engine) 17
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Button Next Track 3.3V (AU325 Demo Engine) 18
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Button Play/Pause 3.3V (AU325 Demo Engine) 19
Bose - 3ft Endcap - SD 8GB Micro 2248A_US 15445 20
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Complete Display (008-94-0163) 90cm RB 21
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Power Cable C13 Inlet - US 2.5M 22
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Power Supply Demo Engine (AU325) 12V 65W 4pin 23
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Frames Tenor (Square) 24
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Frames Tempo (Sport) 25
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Frames Cable Screw (Qty 1) 26
Bose - 3ft Endcap - Frames Demo Cable, 2M (no screws) 27

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

LG Brand Statement 2.0 Locations (2024)


DPCI number
008-94-????

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• #2 Stubby Phillips
• 3/8 nut driver or small adjustable
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)
• Standard pliers
• 5/32 Torx security tool

Display Functionality Checklist

• There is no interactivity just specific display models present


• Top OLED TV will run USB content
• Bottom TV will run built in demo content or USB content

Steps to Opening the Display

5) Standard TV brackets connecting TVs to wall

Click to watch Video Demo example (Future)


Bottom TV demo screenshots

Top TV demo screenshots

Back To Top
Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

The top TV is designated


to play USB content while
the bottom TV runs on
internal demo content

2.0 TV Display
LG 55B4
DCPI 008-09-2376
Display 008-94-0215

2.0 TV Display
LG 55QNED80
DCPI 008-09-7581
Display 008-94-3514

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

LG TV Wall Tips and Tricks

TV Initial Setup top and bottom TVs (2.0 and E&E)

Pairing the remote


3) Hold down the Smart Home ( ) button and BACK ( ) button on the Magic
Remote Control for 5 seconds to initialize the Magic Remote Control.

4) Aim the Magic Remote Control at your Smart TV, and then press the Wheel (OK)
button. A message appears after the Magic Remote Control is registered.

LG TV Initial Setup Continued / top and bottom:


1) Hold the remote close to the TV and press the OK wheel button
on the remote.
2) Select language to English
3) Turn off “Audio Guidance” on next screen
4) Set country as United States

5) Hold the remote close to the TV and press the OK wheel button on
the remote.
6) Select the TV option in the next window
7) Set language and local time zone for TV Select “EXIT FIRST USE”
8) Select YES for exit first use.
Business\Internal

9) Select “Settings” then “Support”


10) Select Home/ Store mode and select Store Mode
11) Then select store mode setting and turn Notifications to OFF
Business\Internal

Additional DEMO mode configuration for both TVs below:

NOTE… The TV must be connected to a media source with the


HDMI port # 1 in order for all setting below to be configured.

HDMI Settings:

Audio Settings:

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

LG Top TV USB content settings:

*** Note be sure to complete Initial setup steps


above before installing the USB content.

On the paired remote use the input source to select USB

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

LG Bottom TV embedded content settings:

*** Note be sure to complete Initial setup steps above before


installing the USB content.

1) Select the Setting gear icon


2) Then select SUPPORT
3) Then select HOME / STORE MODE
4) Choose STORE MODE as the option
5) You can then exit the setting menu.
6) After about one minute the demo content should begin to play and loop.

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Target 2.0 JBL Extreme 3


DPCI numbers
DPCI 080-94-8884

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speaker has a power LED on the top that should be illuminated when powered

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

6) Lift Flex Shelf


7) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
8) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
9) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
10) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Speaker Plays constantly • Demo function switch (located next to the SD card) is in the
when powered Headphone or DOWN position. This switch needs to be in the
up position for the speakers to function with button activation.

No sound from speaker • Display not powered (look for LEDs on base buttons)
LED is not illuminated.
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset

• Speaker not powered, Speaker independent power plug going


direct to AC. (See schematic below)
• Speaker has failed
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
No sound from speaker
LED on speaker is • Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
illuminated headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
No constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black
plate when its in place.
• Audio cable between speaker and media player damaged or
disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated in
speaker.
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with
another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)
• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.
• Media player audio port has failed. Test speaker with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.

• Media player has failed


• Speaker has failed, test with external source
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
Some or all LED button
not illuminated • Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

• None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic JBL Extreme 3

Speaker position plays


audio based on button
input

Headphone position
plays audio constantly.

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

5
3
1

Parts Visual – Outside

Audio cable

6 Switch

Switch Switch

All orderable parts

Manual P/N Lynx P/N Description


860-173508 850-080203 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Speaker Base 1
860-173508 850-080210 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Base 2
860-162237 850-080207 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Control Inlay 3
860-162235 850-080209 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Post 4
860-162238 850-080211 R&M Kit, Power Supply 5
860-173507 850-091009 R&M Kit, SD Card w/Content 6
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 JBL Charge 5


DPCI numbers
DPCI 080-94-5828

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speaker has a power LED on the top that should be illuminated when powered

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Lift Flex Shelf


2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Speaker Plays constantly • Demo function switch (located next to the SD card) is in the
when powered Headphone or DOWN position. This switch needs to be in the
up position for the speakers to function with button activation.
No sound from speaker • Display not powered (look for LEDs on base buttons)
LED is not illuminated.
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset

• Speaker not powered, check USB connection from speaker to


medial board
• Media player has failed
• Media player power supply has failed (test with known good from
another similar display module)
• Speaker has failed
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
No sound from speaker
LED on speaker is • Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
illuminated headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
No constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black
plate when its in place.
• Audio cable between speaker and media player damaged or
disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated in
speaker.
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with
another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)
• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.
• Media player audio port has failed. Test speaker with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.

• Media player has failed


• Speaker has failed, test with external source
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
Some or all LED button
not illuminated • Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

• See reset tips below.

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display factory reset by device

*** Please note that the Charge 5 is the only non factor demo configured
speaker. This is a live speaker that is programmed to demo mode for display
operation.

Speaker To trigger demo mode with sellable SKU Aux in or USB-C


Flip 6 Bluetooth + Play Pause USB-C
Charge 5 Bluetooth + Play Pause USB-C
Pulse 5 Light show + Bluetooth USB-C
Pulse 4 Bluetooth + Play USB-C
Xtreme 3 Bluetooth + Play USB-C / Aux in
Party Box OTG Bass Boost _ Play (for 5 seconds) All inputs disabled

Speaker position plays audio


Display Schematic JBL Charge based on button input

Headphone position plays


audio constantly.

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside


4

3 5

Parts Visual – Outside

Audio cable

6 Switch

Switch
Switch

All Orderable Parts

Manual P/N Lynx P/N Description


860-173508 850-080203 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Speaker Base 1
860-173508 850-080210 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Base 2
860-162237 850-080207 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Control Inlay 3
860-162235 850-080209 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Post 4
860-162238 850-080211 R&M Kit, Power Supply 5
860-173507 850-091009 R&M Kit, SD Card w/Content 6
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 JBL Flip 6


DPCI numbers
DPCI 080-94-0201

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speaker has a power LED on the top that should be illuminated when powered

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Lift Flex Shelf


2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security
screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid

Common Problems Possible Causes

Speaker Plays constantly • Demo function switch (located next to the SD card) is in the
when powered Headphone or DOWN position. This switch needs to be in the
up position for the speakers to function with button activation.
No sound from speaker • Display not powered (look for LEDs on base buttons)
LED is not illuminated.
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset

• Speaker not powered, Speaker combo power cable audio USB


input damaged or disconnected
• Speaker has failed
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
No sound from speaker
LED on speaker is • Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
illuminated headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black
plate when its in place.
• Speaker not powered, Speaker combo power cable audio
defective.

• Cable not plugged into the correct USB port on the media player

• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with


another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)
• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.

• Media player audio port has failed. Test speaker with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.

• Media player has failed

• Speaker has failed, test with external source


• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
Some or all LED button
not illuminated • Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

• None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic JBL Flip 6

NOTE
The audio cable may not be able to be connected Speaker position plays
with the bracket in its standard condition. audio based on button
input

Headphone position
plays audio constantly.

Flip 6

Speaker

Power Headphone
Supply

Switch
power

Analog
output
Analog
output

SD Card
power
USB

USB

Play Volume Volume


Switch Pause Down Up Switch
Next

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

5
3
1

Parts Visual – Inside


Audio cable

5
6
Switch

Switch Switch

All Orderable Parts

Manual P/N Lynx P/N Description


860-173508 850-080203 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Speaker Base 1
860-173508 850-080210 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Base 2
860-162237 850-080207 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Control Inlay 3
860-162235 850-080209 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Post 4
860-162238 850-080211 R&M Kit, Power Supply 5
860-173507 850-091009 R&M Kit, SD Card w/Content 6
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 UE Mega Boom 3 and UE Boom 3


DPCI numbers
Megaboom 3 = 008-94-3682
Boom 3 = 008-94-2260

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speaker has a power LED on the top that should be illuminated

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Lift Flex Shelf


2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components
Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Speaker Plays constantly • Demo function switch (located next to the SD card) is in the
when powered Headphone or DOWN position. This switch needs to be in the up
position for the speakers to function with button activation.
No sound from speaker • Display not powered
LED is not illuminated.
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
• Speaker not powered, check USB connection from speaker to
medial board
• Media player has failed
• Media player power supply has failed (test with known good from
another similar display module)
• Speaker has failed
No sound from speaker • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
LED on speaker is
illuminated • Audio cable between speaker and media player damaged or
No disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated in speaker.
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with
another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)
• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.
• Media player audio port has failed. Test speaker with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.
• Media player has failed

• Speaker has failed, test with external source

Some or all LED button • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
not illuminated
• Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

• None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic UE Mega boom and Boom 3

Speaker position plays


audio based on button
input

Headphone position
OR plays audio constantly.

Power Speaker
Supply

Headphone

Switch

power
Analog
output
power
Analog
output

USB
USB

SD Card

Switch Play Volume Volume Switch


Pause Next Down Up

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

3
1

Parts Visual – Outside


USB power
Audio cable cable

5
Switch

Switch
Switch

All Orderable Parts


Manual P/N Lynx P/N Description
860-173508 850-080203 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Speaker Base 1
860-173508 850-080210 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Base 2
860-162237 850-080207 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Control Inlay 3
860-162235 850-080209 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Post 4
860-162238 850-080211 R&M Kit, Power Supply 5
860-173507 850-091009 R&M Kit, SD Card w/Content 6
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 JBL Tune 660 / Tune 760 Headphones


DPCI numbers
Tune 660 DPCI 008-94-0172

Tune 760 DPCI 008-94-0190

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Or headphones play audio constantly (based on display configuration)
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Lift Flex Shelf


2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components.

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Audio plays constantly • Based on the configuration switch located beside the SD card on
when display is powered the media board. The display will either respond to the button
activity or constantly play audio. (See schematic below)
No sound from • Display not powered
Headphone buttons on
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
module not lit
• Media player power supply has failed (test with known good from
another similar display module)
• Media player has failed
No sound from • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
Headphone buttons on
module are lit • Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black
plate when its in place.
• Audio cable between headphone and media player damaged or
disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated in speaker.
• For the 760 model it will require power to work properly and will
need to have its USB power cable plugged into the media. It will
NOT play without this power and must be in place for demo
function **** See second schematic below
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with
another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)
• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.
• Media player audio port has failed. Test headphone with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.
• Media player has failed

• Headphone has failed, test with external source


Some or all LED button • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
not illuminated
• Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

• None at this time


Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index
Business\Internal

Display Schematic JBL Tune 660

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic JBL Tune 760

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

3
2

Parts Visual – Outside


Audio cable

USB to barrel
conversion
power cable

Switch

6
Switch Switch

All Orderable Parts

Manual P/N Lynx P/N Description


860-173508 850-080203 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Speaker Base 1
860-173508 850-080210 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Base 2
860-162237 850-080207 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Control Inlay 3
860-162235 850-080209 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Post 4
860-162238 850-080211 R&M Kit, Power Supply 5
860-173507 850-091009 R&M Kit, SD Card w/Content 6
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Sony WHCH720N / 1000 XM4 Headphones

DPCI numbers
Tune 720 DPCI 008-94-0164

1000 XM4 DPCI 008-94-5783

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Or headphones play audio constantly (based on display configuration)
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

6) Lift Flex Shelf


7) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
8) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
9) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
10) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components.
Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes

Audio plays constantly • Based on the configuration switch located beside the SD card on
when display is powered the media board. The display will either respond to the button
activity or constantly play audio. (See schematic below)
No sound from • Display not powered
Headphone buttons on
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
module not lit
• Media player power supply has failed (test with known good from
another similar display module)
• Media player has failed
No sound from • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
Headphone buttons on
module are lit • Pease note: that in some cases the black plate that holds the
headphone / speaker can be adjusted to low and be causing
constant pressure on the interactive button below the black plate.
To test remove the top plate, reset the display, and then test
without the pressure of the top plate in place.
• If this resolves the issue, try and place layers of clear tape on the
lip of the base section to reduce the pressure of the top black
plate when its in place.
• Audio cable between headphone and media player damaged or
disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated in speaker.
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with
another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)

• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.

• Media player audio port has failed. Test headphone with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.
• Media player has failed

• Headphone has failed, test with external source

• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset

Some or all LED button • Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)
not illuminated

NOTES***

• None at this time


Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index
Business\Internal

Display Schematic Sony WHCH 720 / 1000 XM4

1000 XM4

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

3
2

Parts Visual – Outside


Audio cable

USB to barrel
conversion
power cable

Switch

6
Switch Switch

All Orderable Parts

Manual P/N Lynx P/N Description


860-173508 850-080203 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Speaker Base 1
860-173508 850-080210 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Base 2
860-162237 850-080207 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Control Inlay 3
860-162235 850-080209 R&M Kit, Demo Pad Headphone Post 4
860-162238 850-080211 R&M Kit, Power Supply 5
860-173507 850-091009 R&M Kit, SD Card w/Content 6
Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Bose QC45 and QC Ultra Headphones


DPCI numbers
Full display DPCI 008-94-0187

QC Ultra DPCI 008-94-XXXX


QC45 DPCI 008-07-2026

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Or headphones play audio constantly (based on display configuration)
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speaker has a power LED on the top that should be illuminated

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

1) Lift Flex Shelf


2) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
3) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
4) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
5) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes
No sound from • Display not powered
Headphones and buttons
• Main power supply has failed or no power is getting to the USB
on module NOT lit
700 Hub

No sound from • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 3 minutes to reset
Headphones and buttons
• Power is not getting to media player check splitter cable
on module ARE lit
• Cable from media player to USB 700 hub damaged or
disconnected
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated.
• Ensure the correct SD card is in place as of 11-2023 we want
SD Card (2323A_UN) QCUH /QC45 Mar 2023

No sound from any • The display will not work if the QC45 HP is missing or defective.
headphone • Also if the headphone on display is the QC 35 rather than the QC
45 the display will not work. To check the QC35 VS 45 see images
below.
The QC45 will have two rows of dots
here and the QC 35 will have 3 rows
Business\Internal

• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.

No sound from QC Ultra • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 3 minutes to reset
Headphone
• Audio cable between headphone and USB 700 Hub damaged or
disconnected.
• The display has a bug in that if the QC Ultra is powered off from
the headphone switch it will likely not be able to be operated on the
display. To resolve the firmware needs to be updated on the
headphones. From 0,5,19 to 99.5.22
This new version disable the power switch on the headset while in
demo mode.
• This can only be completed if the headsets were installed before
the week of 11-6-23.
• And only if the headphones have not been powered off.
• The only other resolution is to replace the QCU unit.

BDS support has access to a step by step document on how to


perform the update.

• Headphone has failed, test with external source


All LED button not • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 3 minutes to reset
illuminated
• USB 700 hub cable to button module damaged or disconnected

• USB 700 hub has failed

• Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic Bose Headphone 2.0

SD Card (2323A_UN)
QC Ultra/QC45 Nov 2023

Media player may be on


a splitter or have its own
dedicated power supply

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

1
2

Parts Visual – Outside

Cable traps
USB cable
from USB 700
Hub port 7

Below cover buttons


Powered by USB
connected cable

All Orderable Parts


Description DPCI Item
Wireless Headphone - HP700 - Demo Pad Control 008-94-0129 1
Wireless Headphone HP700 Black - Complete Display (008-94-0129) 008-94-0129 2
Wireless Headphone - HP700 Security Lanyard 008-94-0129 3
Wireless Headphone QC35 II Black - Complete Display (008-94-2826) 008-94-2826 4
Wireless Headphone - QC35 II Black (008-94-2826) 008-94-2826 5
Wireless Headphone - QC35 II - Demo Pad Control 008-94-2826 6
Wireless Headphone - HP700 Black (008-94-0129) 008-94-0129 7

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Target 2.0 Bose Frames Tower


DPCI numbers
DPCI 080-94-7228
Tempo DPCI 008-03-4282
Tenor DPCI 008-03-9128

Required Tools
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• Tork T20
• Wire Cutter (Dyke cutter pliers)

Display Functionality Checklist


• All buttons should be solid illuminated, at all times
• Play/Pause Starts Playback
• Or headphones play audio constantly (based on display configuration)
• Next button skips tracks
• Vol +/- changes volume
• Speaker has a power LED on the top that should be illuminated

Currently no Audio / Video demo example

Steps to Opening the Display

6) Lift Flex Shelf


7) Unfasten Acorn nuts from bottom of shelf
that secure the display module in place
8) Lift display and turn around 180 degrees
9) Unfasten the two T20 Torx Security screws
10) Slide top panel backwards before tilting
forwards to remove it from the display,
exposing the display components

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Troubleshooting Grid
Common Problems Possible Causes
No sound from • Display not powered
Headphone buttons on
• Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
module not lit
• Media player power supply has failed (test with known good from
another similar display module)
• Media player has failed
No sound from • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
Headphone buttons on
module are lit • Audio cable between headphone and media player damaged or
disconnected… At media player or possibly not seated in speaker.
• For the Hesh 3 model it will require power to work properly and will
need to have its USB power cable plugged into the media. It will
play without this power but should be in place for demo function
See schematic below
• SD card content corrupt, or SD card not fully seated. (test with
another known good SD card from another speaker display) any
display can be used with the exception of the Bose displays)
• Play button has failed. Inspect for damage.
• Media player audio port has failed. Test headphone with secondary
audio port as both outputs are parallel or test with an external
source.
• Media player has failed

• Headphone has failed, test with external source


Some or all LED button • Display needs to be reset (power off / on) 60 seconds to reset
not illuminated
• Media player has failed (button and MP are one piece)

NOTES***

• None at this time

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Display Schematic Bose 2.0 Frames Tower


Button Controller
Tenor
Tempo

USB 700
Hub

USB
USB 7
USB C Cable
6
5
USB 4
3
2
1

connector
4 pin
connector
Micro SD
Card Bright sign
Media Player

Demo Engine
Power supply

120AC
power strip
3.5 mm
Audio Input

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Parts Visual – Outside

2
1
6

Parts Visual – Outside (undefined)


Audio cable

USB to barrel
conversion
power cable

Switch

Switch Switch

All Orderable Parts


Description DPCI Item
Wireless Headphone - HP700 - Demo Pad Control 008-94-0129 1
Wireless Headphone HP700 Black - Complete Display (008-94-0129) 008-94-0129 2
Wireless Headphone - HP700 Security Lanyard 008-94-0129 3
Wireless Headphone QC35 II Black - Complete Display (008-94-2826) 008-94-2826 4
Wireless Headphone - QC35 II Black (008-94-2826) 008-94-2826 5
Wireless Headphone - QC35 II - Demo Pad Control 008-94-2826 6
Wireless Headphone - HP700 Black (008-94-0129) 008-94-0129 7

Back To Top Back To 2_0 Index


Business\Internal

Guide Latest Revision List


Edited Items Guide
Version

Oura Endcap // Updated parts list Rev 338


Updated Bose SL + Flex and Revolve + Fles naming links // Also Rev 338
updated note on Max factory reset feature.
NEX // Added parts to display Rev 338
Logitech PC gaming // Updated parts list Rev 338
Bose Flex / Max // Updated Parts Rev 338
Bose Revolve / Max // Updated Parts Rev 338
Bose 2.0 displays // Added parts list / incomplete Rev 338
Steel Series // Added Parts List Rev 338
Sony 2ft wireless speaker // Updated internal images and labels Rev 338
Meta VR // Updated DPCI notes and Parts list for all versions Rev 338
Laptops // Removed remaining video and linked references Rev 338
Arcade 1 UP // Pacman // Update parts list for entire display Rev 338
Sony 4 foot headphone // Added power cable extension to parts Rev 338
Zebra My Device // Updated full section (Guide only, no videos were Rev 338
updated) to reflect the Feb 2025 update to the My Day application
screen.
RODE display // added power brick to parts list Rev 338
Hyper X // Updated Parts list Rev 338

Bose 2.0 500 Speaker // Removed from guide due to EOL Rev 339
(Parts still need updated)
Bose 2fft speakers / Updated Parts list Rev 339
Turtle Beach 4- Position Headphones / Updated Parts list Rev 339
Insta 360 / Updated Parts List Rev 339
Oura Endcap // Updated Parts Rev 339
Insta 360 // Updated Schematic and TS section Rev 339

You might also like